WO2024040118A2 - Cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide - Google Patents
Cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024040118A2 WO2024040118A2 PCT/US2023/072317 US2023072317W WO2024040118A2 WO 2024040118 A2 WO2024040118 A2 WO 2024040118A2 US 2023072317 W US2023072317 W US 2023072317W WO 2024040118 A2 WO2024040118 A2 WO 2024040118A2
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- molecule
- multicomponent
- wnt
- binding domain
- binding
- Prior art date
Links
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 241
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 title claims abstract description 221
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 title claims abstract description 219
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 51
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 391
- 238000009739 binding Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 391
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 108050003627 Wnt Proteins 0.000 claims description 161
- 102000013814 Wnt Human genes 0.000 claims description 161
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 134
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 134
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 claims description 132
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 claims description 132
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 claims description 132
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 69
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 claims description 57
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 56
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 35
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 35
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 35
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 claims description 32
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 claims description 21
- 101001039256 Caenorhabditis elegans Low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein Proteins 0.000 claims description 20
- 101001043564 Homo sapiens Prolow-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 20
- 102100021923 Prolow-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 20
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 20
- 108091005475 signaling receptors Proteins 0.000 claims description 20
- 102000035025 signaling receptors Human genes 0.000 claims description 20
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000012258 culturing Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 198
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 94
- 101710181403 Frizzled Proteins 0.000 description 91
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 84
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 68
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 61
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 50
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 46
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 45
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 45
- 108091033319 polynucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 41
- 102000040430 polynucleotide Human genes 0.000 description 41
- 239000002157 polynucleotide Substances 0.000 description 41
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 35
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 33
- 108010047041 Complementarity Determining Regions Proteins 0.000 description 32
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 32
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 29
- 102100035360 Cerebellar degeneration-related antigen 1 Human genes 0.000 description 24
- 101001043594 Homo sapiens Low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 5 Proteins 0.000 description 24
- 101001039199 Homo sapiens Low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 6 Proteins 0.000 description 24
- 102100021926 Low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 5 Human genes 0.000 description 24
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 24
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 102000003973 Fibroblast growth factor 21 Human genes 0.000 description 21
- 108090000376 Fibroblast growth factor 21 Proteins 0.000 description 21
- 102100040704 Low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein 6 Human genes 0.000 description 20
- -1 e.g. Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 17
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 17
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 17
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 16
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 108060003951 Immunoglobulin Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 15
- 102000018358 immunoglobulin Human genes 0.000 description 15
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 15
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 14
- 102100020683 Beta-klotho Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 13
- 108010001857 Cell Surface Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 102000000844 Cell Surface Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 11
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 10
- 101000885797 Homo sapiens Frizzled-7 Proteins 0.000 description 9
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 9
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 238000012217 deletion Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000037430 deletion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 9
- 102100039676 Frizzled-7 Human genes 0.000 description 8
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 8
- 108020001507 fusion proteins Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 102000037865 fusion proteins Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 210000002220 organoid Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 238000002741 site-directed mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 8
- 108091008794 FGF receptors Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 7
- 101000600434 Homo sapiens Putative uncharacterized protein encoded by MIR7-3HG Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102100037401 Putative uncharacterized protein encoded by MIR7-3HG Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 125000000539 amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 7
- 102000052178 fibroblast growth factor receptor activity proteins Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 7
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 6
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000010369 molecular cloning Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 5
- 101710104526 Beta-klotho Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 102000016362 Catenins Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108010067316 Catenins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 238000004422 calculation algorithm Methods 0.000 description 5
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 5
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012146 running buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 5
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N (2S)-2-Amino-3-hydroxypropansäure Chemical compound OC[C@H](N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100026292 Asialoglycoprotein receptor 1 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101710200897 Asialoglycoprotein receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102100026293 Asialoglycoprotein receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101710200901 Asialoglycoprotein receptor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000007577 Desmoglein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010032035 Desmoglein 3 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101001038507 Homo sapiens Ly6/PLAUR domain-containing protein 3 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101000835086 Homo sapiens Transferrin receptor protein 2 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010021625 Immunoglobulin Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000008394 Immunoglobulin Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 4
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100040281 Ly6/PLAUR domain-containing protein 3 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 4
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 4
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 108091006611 SLC10A1 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000054329 Solute carrier family 10 member 1 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 102100026143 Transferrin receptor protein 2 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002124 endocrine Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000013632 homeostatic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000004068 intracellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000005228 liver tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000002703 mutagenesis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 231100000350 mutagenesis Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000007781 signaling event Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000014616 translation Effects 0.000 description 4
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LLXVXPPXELIDGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)benzoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC(N2C(C=CC2=O)=O)=CC=1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O LLXVXPPXELIDGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 3
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 3
- 108091029865 Exogenous DNA Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108091092195 Intron Proteins 0.000 description 3
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N L-alanine Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(O)=O QNAYBMKLOCPYGJ-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000006461 Parathyroid Hormone Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010058828 Parathyroid Hormone Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010057249 Phagocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 108010029485 Protein Isoforms Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000001708 Protein Isoforms Human genes 0.000 description 3
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004156 Wnt signaling pathway Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001270 agonistic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000004279 alanine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000012575 bio-layer interferometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000010367 cloning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000024203 complement activation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004540 complement-dependent cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009918 complex formation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 3
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000009510 drug design Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 108010001064 glycyl-glycyl-glycyl-glycine Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000003958 hematopoietic stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000833 heterodimer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000004408 hybridoma Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940072221 immunoglobulins Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000000936 intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 210000005229 liver cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 210000005075 mammary gland Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000008782 phagocytosis Effects 0.000 description 3
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010087782 poly(glycyl-alanyl) Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960004641 rituximab Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000002483 superagonistic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000001779 taste bud Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 208000037816 tissue injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009466 transformation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001720 vestibular Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 3
- YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N (+)-Biotin Chemical compound N1C(=O)N[C@@H]2[C@H](CCCCC(=O)O)SC[C@@H]21 YBJHBAHKTGYVGT-ZKWXMUAHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 3-(pyridin-2-yldisulfanyl)propanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCSSC1=CC=CC=N1 JWDFQMWEFLOOED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000022309 Alcoholic Liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Asparagine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000015735 Beta-catenin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108060000903 Beta-catenin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000282832 Camelidae Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000006545 Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010087819 Fc receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000009109 Fc receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108700028146 Genetic Enhancer Elements Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003886 Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000288 Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 101000874569 Homo sapiens Axin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101000825949 Homo sapiens R-spondin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000009794 Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000018071 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010091135 Immunoglobulin Fc Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000000588 Interleukin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010002350 Interleukin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N L-asparagine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O DCXYFEDJOCDNAF-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 101710172064 Low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- FABQUVYDAXWUQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N N4-(1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylmethyl)-6-(3-methoxyphenyl)pyrimidine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2N=C(N)N=C(NCC=3C=C4OCOC4=CC=3)C=2)=C1 FABQUVYDAXWUQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000001164 Osteoporotic Fractures Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 241000235648 Pichia Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100022763 R-spondin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 238000011529 RT qPCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108091028664 Ribonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010053613 Type IV hypersensitivity reaction Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010047118 Wnt Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000006757 Wnt Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000009582 asparagine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960001230 asparagine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000024245 cell differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003636 conditioned culture medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004087 cornea Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005547 deoxyribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002637 deoxyribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 2
- PGUYAANYCROBRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydroxy-selanyl-selanylidene-lambda5-phosphane Chemical compound OP(O)([SeH])=[Se] PGUYAANYCROBRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZLFRJHOBQVVTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl hexanediimidate Chemical compound COC(=N)CCCCC(=N)OC ZLFRJHOBQVVTOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K dioxido-sulfanylidene-sulfido-$l^{5}-phosphane Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([S-])=S NAGJZTKCGNOGPW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 238000007598 dipping method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000003027 ear inner Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000013020 embryo development Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010353 genetic engineering Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000013595 glycosylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006206 glycosylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- XKUKSGPZAADMRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycyl-glycyl-glycine Chemical compound NCC(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(O)=O XKUKSGPZAADMRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003780 hair follicle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000005003 heart tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000005734 heterodimerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000002865 immune cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000036971 interstitial lung disease 2 Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000029226 lipidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 2
- 210000002200 mouth mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylpyridin-2-amine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=CC=N1 PSHKMPUSSFXUIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000963 osteoblast Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000004923 pancreatic tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoramidic acid Chemical compound NP(O)(O)=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008488 polyadenylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010188 recombinant method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000005084 renal tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001525 retina Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002336 ribonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- JRPHGDYSKGJTKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K selenophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=[Se] JRPHGDYSKGJTKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012163 sequencing technique Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000101 thioether group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiourea Chemical compound NC(N)=S UMGDCJDMYOKAJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000030968 tissue homeostasis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 241000701447 unidentified baculovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N α-D-glucopyranosyl-α-D-glucopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PVGATNRYUYNBHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 4-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)butanoate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCN1C(=O)C=CC1=O PVGATNRYUYNBHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQWBEDSJTMWJAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 4-[(2-iodoacetyl)amino]benzoate Chemical compound C1=CC(NC(=O)CI)=CC=C1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O BQWBEDSJTMWJAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PHIQHXFUZVPYII-ZCFIWIBFSA-O (R)-carnitinium Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)C[C@H](O)CC(O)=O PHIQHXFUZVPYII-ZCFIWIBFSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 1
- ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(O)N=NC2=C1 ASOKPJOREAFHNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AASYSXRGODIQGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[1-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)hexyl]pyrrole-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1C=CC(=O)N1C(CCCCC)N1C(=O)C=CC1=O AASYSXRGODIQGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IPJGAEWUPXWFPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[3-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)phenyl]pyrrole-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1C=CC(=O)N1C1=CC=CC(N2C(C=CC2=O)=O)=C1 IPJGAEWUPXWFPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KHAWDEWNXJIVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-fluoro-4-(4-fluoro-3-nitrophenyl)sulfonyl-2-nitrobenzene Chemical compound C1=C(F)C([N+](=O)[O-])=CC(S(=O)(=O)C=2C=C(C(F)=CC=2)[N+]([O-])=O)=C1 KHAWDEWNXJIVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFVNOJDQRGSOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyethyl octadecanoate Chemical class CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCO RFVNOJDQRGSOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RLFPCLMBTQOMLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-iodo-n-[2-[(2-iodoacetyl)amino]ethyl]acetamide Chemical compound ICC(=O)NCCNC(=O)CI RLFPCLMBTQOMLI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQXOUNOJWFMRLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[4-(2,5-dioxopyrrol-1-yl)phenyl]butanoic acid;pyrrolidine-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1.C1=CC(CCCC(=O)O)=CC=C1N1C(=O)C=CC1=O NQXOUNOJWFMRLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RGUKYNXWOWSRET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-pyrrolidin-1-ylpyridine Chemical compound C1CCCN1C1=CC=NC=C1 RGUKYNXWOWSRET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGFIRQJZCNVMCW-UAKXSSHOSA-N 5-bromouridine Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(Br)=C1 AGFIRQJZCNVMCW-UAKXSSHOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000009304 Acute Kidney Injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007788 Acute Liver Failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010000804 Acute hepatic failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003200 Adenoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010001233 Adenoma benign Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HJCMDXDYPOUFDY-WHFBIAKZSA-N Ala-Gln Chemical compound C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC(N)=O HJCMDXDYPOUFDY-WHFBIAKZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108700028369 Alleles Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000004384 Alopecia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000024188 Andala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002198 Annona diversifolia Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101001023151 Arabidopsis thaliana NAC domain-containing protein 19 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102220505171 Arf-GAP with coiled-coil, ANK repeat and PH domain-containing protein 1_S43D_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000228212 Aspergillus Species 0.000 description 1
- BHELIUBJHYAEDK-OAIUPTLZSA-N Aspoxicillin Chemical compound C1([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]2C(N3[C@H](C(C)(C)S[C@@H]32)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](N)CC(=O)NC)=CC=C(O)C=C1 BHELIUBJHYAEDK-OAIUPTLZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108090001008 Avidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000003844 B-cell-activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000023514 Barrett esophagus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010392 Bone Fractures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Carbamate Chemical compound NC([O-])=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K Citrate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 108020004705 Codon Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700010070 Codon Usage Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010010214 Compression fracture Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000699800 Cricetinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010011878 Deafness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008960 Diabetic foot Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012689 Diabetic retinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000032928 Dyslipidaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100026245 E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase RNF43 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241001481760 Erethizon dorsatum Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000003951 Erythropoietin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000394 Erythropoietin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241001524679 Escherichia virus M13 Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000206602 Eukaryota Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000004930 Fatty Liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100023600 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710182389 Fibroblast growth factor receptor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010016654 Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100021259 Frizzled-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000045 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000003688 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102400000921 Gastrin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010052343 Gastrins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000018522 Gastrointestinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108700007698 Genetic Terminator Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical compound O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000009329 Graft vs Host Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012981 Hank's balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019728 Hepatitis alcoholic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hexa-Ac-myo-Inositol Natural products CC(=O)OC1C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C(OC(C)=O)C1OC(C)=O SQUHHTBVTRBESD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005057 Hexamethylene diisocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000238631 Hexapoda Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100026122 High affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc receptor I Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101000945318 Homo sapiens Calponin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000692702 Homo sapiens E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase RNF43 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000802406 Homo sapiens E3 ubiquitin-protein ligase ZNRF3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000819438 Homo sapiens Frizzled-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000913074 Homo sapiens High affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc receptor I Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000917826 Homo sapiens Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor II-a Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000917824 Homo sapiens Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor II-b Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000917858 Homo sapiens Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor III-A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000917839 Homo sapiens Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor III-B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001135770 Homo sapiens Parathyroid hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851176 Homo sapiens Pro-epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001135995 Homo sapiens Probable peptidyl-tRNA hydrolase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000652736 Homo sapiens Transgelin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000662009 Homo sapiens UDP-N-acetylglucosamine pyrophosphorylase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010073807 IgG Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009490 IgG Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010061598 Immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029462 Immunodeficiency disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010054477 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001706 Immunoglobulin Fab Fragments Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000006496 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010019476 Immunoglobulin Heavy Chains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000013463 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065825 Immunoglobulin Light Chains Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000014150 Interferons Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010050904 Interferons Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PWKSKIMOESPYIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-N-acetyl-Cysteine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O PWKSKIMOESPYIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-Proline Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-histidine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-leucine Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N L-lysine Chemical compound NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-valine Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282838 Lama Species 0.000 description 1
- ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leucine Natural products CC(C)CC(N)C(O)=O ROHFNLRQFUQHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000017170 Lipid metabolism disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100029204 Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor II-a Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100029185 Low affinity immunoglobulin gamma Fc region receptor III-B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000019693 Lung disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000282567 Macaca fascicularis Species 0.000 description 1
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000001145 Metabolic Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000016979 Other receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010033645 Pancreatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000526 Papain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036893 Parathyroid hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000057297 Pepsin A Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000284 Pepsin A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Proline Natural products OC(=O)C1CCCN1 ONIBWKKTOPOVIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010076504 Protein Sorting Signals Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102220534532 Protein quaking_Q38K_mutation Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010026552 Proteome Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000007056 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010008281 Recombinant Fusion Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000007737 Retinal degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N Ribose Natural products OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O PYMYPHUHKUWMLA-LMVFSUKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000235070 Saccharomyces Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000012300 Sequence Analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010049416 Short-bowel syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010003723 Single-Domain Antibodies Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000029033 Spinal Cord disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010090804 Streptavidin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Threonine Natural products CC(O)C(N)C(O)=O AYFVYJQAPQTCCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004473 Threonine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091023040 Transcription factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000040945 Transcription factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100031013 Transgelin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000030886 Traumatic Brain injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N Trehalose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-WSWWMNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102100037921 UDP-N-acetylglucosamine pyrophosphorylase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000006275 Ubiquitin-Protein Ligases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010083111 Ubiquitin-Protein Ligases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010046865 Vaccinia virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Valine Natural products CC(C)C(N)C(O)=O KZSNJWFQEVHDMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005411 Van der Waals force Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000036866 Vitreoretinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282485 Vulpes vulpes Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 1
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000006083 ZNRF3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- DFPAKSUCGFBDDF-ZQBYOMGUSA-N [14c]-nicotinamide Chemical compound N[14C](=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 DFPAKSUCGFBDDF-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000000690 abdominal obesity-metabolic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960004308 acetylcysteine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000836 acute liver failure Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000009956 adenocarcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012574 advanced DMEM Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000002353 alcoholic hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001350 alkyl halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100000360 alopecia Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N alpha,alpha-trehalose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 HDTRYLNUVZCQOY-LIZSDCNHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-D-Furanose-Ribose Natural products OCC1OC(O)C(O)C1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004102 animal cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125644 antibody drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124691 antibody therapeutics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000010056 antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041181 antineoplastic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008209 arabinosides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000613 asparagine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003445 biliary tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002685 biotin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020958 biotin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011616 biotin Substances 0.000 description 1
- NXVYSVARUKNFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl) 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioate Chemical compound O=C1CCC(=O)N1OC(=O)C(O)C(O)C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NXVYSVARUKNFNF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VYLDEYYOISNGST-UHFFFAOYSA-N bissulfosuccinimidyl suberate Chemical compound O=C1C(S(=O)(=O)O)CC(=O)N1OC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)ON1C(=O)C(S(O)(=O)=O)CC1=O VYLDEYYOISNGST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001772 blood platelet Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008468 bone growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001185 bone marrow Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000010478 bone regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- HBIRLMFCDJACGA-UHFFFAOYSA-M bromo(tripyrrolidin-1-yl)phosphanium;bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C1CCCN1[P+](N1CCCC1)(Br)N1CCCC1 HBIRLMFCDJACGA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 238000010805 cDNA synthesis kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001314 canonical amino-acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229960004203 carnitine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008568 cell cell communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007910 cell fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003570 cell viability assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000030570 cellular localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- AOXOCDRNSPFDPE-UKEONUMOSA-N chembl413654 Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 AOXOCDRNSPFDPE-UKEONUMOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroprocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1Cl VDANGULDQQJODZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002023 chloroprocaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000020832 chronic kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007882 cirrhosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019425 cirrhosis of liver Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003477 cochlea Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 206010009887 colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000112 colonic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006854 communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006957 competitive inhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004154 complement system Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001010 compromised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000021921 corneal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029078 coronary artery disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012926 crystallographic analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 210000004292 cytoskeleton Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940043237 diethanolamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000000447 dimerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000375 direct analysis in real time Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000037765 diseases and disorders Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002224 dissection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002228 disulfide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000007783 downstream signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009509 drug development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002651 drug therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012063 dual-affinity re-targeting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003511 endothelial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000027412 enzyme-linked receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008592 enzyme-linked receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 210000003979 eosinophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940105423 erythropoietin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003020 exocrine pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012617 force field calculation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005714 functional activity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-GUCUJZIJSA-N galactitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-GUCUJZIJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007429 general method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000004554 glutamine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002266 hair cells auditory Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010370 hearing loss Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000888 hearing loss Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000016354 hearing loss disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002672 hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010710 hepatitis C virus infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethylene diisocyanate Chemical compound O=C=NCCCCCCN=C=O RRAMGCGOFNQTLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003630 histaminocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N histidine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CN=CN1 HNDVDQJCIGZPNO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000710 homodimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000055611 human FZD7 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000011577 humanized mouse model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000007857 hydrazones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940127121 immunoconjugate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007813 immunodeficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005550 inflammation mediator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108091008042 inhibitory receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N inositol Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-GPIVLXJGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000367 inositol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940079322 interferon Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 102000027415 ion channel-linked receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091008593 ion channel-linked receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002427 irreversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004153 islets of langerhan Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012948 isocyanate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002513 isocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N isomaltotriose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002540 isothiocyanates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003292 kidney cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002664 langerhans' cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003670 luciferase enzyme activity assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000002780 macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010082117 matrigel Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000002901 mesenchymal stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000030159 metabolic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N methamphetamine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 MYWUZJCMWCOHBA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009149 molecular binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001823 molecular biology technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001616 monocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003471 mutagenic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GVUGOAYIVIDWIO-UFWWTJHBSA-N nepidermin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 GVUGOAYIVIDWIO-UFWWTJHBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000015122 neurodegenerative disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000440 neutrophil Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000045246 noggin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700007229 noggin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000013631 noncovalent dimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007899 nucleic acid hybridization Methods 0.000 description 1
- UYDLBVPAAFVANX-UHFFFAOYSA-N octylphenoxy polyethoxyethanol Chemical class CC(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(OCCOCCOCCOCCO)C=C1 UYDLBVPAAFVANX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002515 oligonucleotide synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000399 orthopedic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010883 osseointegration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000029985 osteonecrosis of the jaw Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000242 pagocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004031 partial agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010647 peptide synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001151 peptidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000028169 periodontal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000005259 peripheral blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000011886 peripheral blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002823 phage display Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- NMHMNPHRMNGLLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phloretic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NMHMNPHRMNGLLB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000026731 phosphorylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006366 phosphorylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010399 physical interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007747 plating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004983 pleiotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036178 pleiotropy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000232 polyglycine polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000054765 polymorphisms of proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000004481 post-translational protein modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium;[2-butyl-5-chloro-3-[[4-[2-(1,2,4-triaza-3-azanidacyclopenta-1,4-dien-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]imidazol-4-yl]methanol Chemical compound [K+].CCCCC1=NC(Cl)=C(CO)N1CC1=CC=C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2=N[N-]N=N2)C=C1 OXCMYAYHXIHQOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940071643 prefilled syringe Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N procaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 MFDFERRIHVXMIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004919 procaine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000006785 proliferative vitreoretinopathy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013930 proline Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QLNJFJADRCOGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propionamide Chemical compound CCC(N)=O QLNJFJADRCOGBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940080818 propionamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012562 protein A resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006916 protein interaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001814 protein method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000017854 proteolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006337 proteolytic cleavage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003259 recombinant expression Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001172 regenerating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004258 retinal degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003705 ribosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102220321637 rs377730553 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N scyllo-inosotol Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C1O CDAISMWEOUEBRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000697 sensory organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002864 sequence alignment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003607 serino group Chemical group [H]N([H])[C@]([H])(C(=O)[*])C(O[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000278 spinal cord Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000020431 spinal cord injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007863 steatosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000240 steatosis hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000008174 sterile solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000003265 stomatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JJAHTWIKCUJRDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinimidyl 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound C1CC(CN2C(C=CC2=O)=O)CCC1C(=O)ON1C(=O)CCC1=O JJAHTWIKCUJRDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000019635 sulfation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005670 sulfation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002198 surface plasmon resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000057 systemic toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002110 toxicologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000759 toxicological effect Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001131 transforming effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003146 transient transfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 108091008578 transmembrane receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000027257 transmembrane receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009529 traumatic brain injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000007089 vaccinia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009777 vacuum freeze-drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010200 validation analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004474 valine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005167 vascular cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
- C07K16/2863—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against receptors for growth factors, growth regulators
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
- C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
- C07K16/40—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against enzymes
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
- C07K2317/31—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency multispecific
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
- C07K2317/35—Valency
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
- C07K2317/52—Constant or Fc region; Isotype
- C07K2317/524—CH2 domain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
- C07K2317/52—Constant or Fc region; Isotype
- C07K2317/526—CH3 domain
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
- C07K2317/55—Fab or Fab'
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/60—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments
- C07K2317/62—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments comprising only variable region components
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/60—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments
- C07K2317/62—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments comprising only variable region components
- C07K2317/622—Single chain antibody (scFv)
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/60—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments
- C07K2317/64—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by non-natural combinations of immunoglobulin fragments comprising a combination of variable region and constant region components
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/71—Decreased effector function due to an Fc-modification
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
- C07K2317/75—Agonist effect on antigen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07K—PEPTIDES
- C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
- C07K2317/90—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by (pharmaco)kinetic aspects or by stability of the immunoglobulin
- C07K2317/92—Affinity (KD), association rate (Ka), dissociation rate (Kd) or EC50 value
Definitions
- the present disclosure provides cell targeting multicomponent polypeptides that modulate signaling pathways having cell and tissue specificity by binding to hetero-oligomeric receptor complexes.
- Receptor-mediated cellular signaling is fundamental to cell-cell communication, cellular growth and differentiation, maintenance of tissue function and homeostasis, and regulation of injury repair.
- a cell-specific response When a cell-specific response is necessary, nature achieves that selectivity through various mechanisms such as cell-specific receptor, ligand gradient, short- range ligand, direct cell-cell contacts.
- most ligand-receptor systems have pleiotropic effects due to broad expressions of receptors on multiple cell types. While this may be important when a coordinated response in numerous cell types or tissues is needed, modulating cell-specific signaling has been a major challenge for research and drug development to avoid systemic toxicity or off-target tissue effects.
- Cell-targeted antagonists are more accessible to achieve than cell-targeted agonists, as antagonists have less stringent requirements on affinity, epitope, and geometry of the molecules than agonists (Dickopf et al., 2020).
- the “targeting element” helps to increase the local concentration of the mutant “activity element” on the desired target cell surface, driving engagement of signaling receptor and subsequent intracellular signaling activation, effectively left shift the activity dose-response curve (increase potency) on the target cell and create the selectivity between target vs. non-target cells.
- WNT ligands and their signals play key roles in the control of development, homeostasis and regeneration of many essential organs and tissues, including bone, liver, skin, stomach, intestine, kidney, central nervous system, mammary gland, taste bud, ovary, cochlea and many other tissues (reviewed, e.g., by Clevers, Loh, and Nusse (2014) Science, 346:54). Modulation of WNT signaling pathways has potential for treatment of degenerative diseases and tissue injuries.
- the WNT pathway is highly conserved across species and crucial for embryonic development, and adult tissue homeostasis and regeneration (Nusse and Clevers, 2017). WNT- induced signaling through P-catenin stabilization has been widely studied and is achieved by ligand binding to frizzled (FZD) and low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein (LRP) family of receptors. There are nineteen mammalian WNTs, 10 FZDs (FZDi-io), and 2 LRPs (LRP5 and LRP6).
- FZD frizzled
- LRP low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein
- WNTs are highly hydrophobic due to lipidation that is required for function and are promiscuous, capable of binding and activating multiple FZD and LRP pairs (Janda et al., 2012, Kadowaki et al., 1996, Dijksterhuis et al., 2015). Elucidating the functions of individual FZDs in tissues has been hampered by difficulties in producing the ligands and lack of receptor and tissue selectivity. Recent breakthroughs in the development of WNT -mimetic molecules have largely resolved the production and receptor specificity challenges (Janda et al., 2017, Chen et al., 2020, Tao et al., 2019, Miao et al., 2020).
- tissue selectivity could be partly achieved by tissue injury as damaged tissues seem more sensitive to WNTs (Xie et al., 2022), it would still represent a significant technical advancement to be able to target WNTs to specific cells and tissues.
- Antibodies are a well-established and rapidly growing drug class with at least 45 antibody -based products currently marketed for imaging or therapy in the United States and/or Europe with ⁇ $100 billion in total worldwide sales. This major clinical and commercial success with antibody therapeutics has fueled much interest in developing the next generation antibody drugs including bispecific antibodies.
- bispecific antibodies or multispecific antibodies (collectively “MsAbs”) bind to at least two different antigens, or at least two different epitopes on the same antigen, as first demonstrated more than 50 years ago.
- Engineering monospecific antibodies for multispecificity opens up many new potential therapeutic applications as evidenced by >30 BsAb in clinical development.
- Bispecific or multispecific antibodies are a class of engineered antibody and antibody-like proteins that, in contrast to ‘regular’ monospecific antibodies, combine two or more different specific antigen binding elements in a single construct. Since bispecific antibodies do not typically occur in nature, they are constructed either chemically or biologically, using techniques such as cell fusion or recombinant DNA technologies. The ability to bind two or more different epitopes with a single molecule offers a number of potential advantages. One approach is to use the specificity of one arm as a targeting site for individual molecules, cellular markers or organisms, such as bacteria and viruses. While the other arm functions as an effector site for the recruitment of effector cells or delivery of molecular payloads to the target, such as drugs, cytokines or toxins. Alternatively, bispecifics can be used to dual target, allowing detection or binding of a target cell type with much higher specificity than monospecific antibodies.
- MsAb The modular architecture of immunoglobulins has been exploited to create a growing number (>60) of alternative Ms Ab formats (see, e.g., Spiess et al (2015) Mol. Immunol. 67:95-106).
- MsAb are classified here into five distinct structural groups: (i) bispecific IgG (BsIgG) (ii) IgG appended with an additional antigen-binding moiety (iii) MsAb fragments (iv) Multispecific fusion proteins and (v) MsAb conjugates.
- BsIgG bispecific IgG
- IgG appended with an additional antigen-binding moiety iii) MsAb fragments
- Multispecific fusion proteins Multispecific fusion proteins
- WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecules which can bind to the heterooligomeric WNT/LRP receptor complex have been described previously (see, e.g., WO2019/126398 and W02020/010308) as have WNT enhancers using RSPO (see, e.g., W02018/140821, WO2018/132572, and W02020/014271).
- Fig. 1A shows an optimized design for a WNT mimetic that is a tetravalent bispecific antibody-based molecule.
- Fig. IB shows a cell targeted WNT mimetic based on the “chimeric activator” concept where an “targeting element” is tethered to the WNT mimetic.
- Fig. 1C illustrates two separate polypeptides: one FZD binder with additional binding domain that binds “bridging molecule” and one LRP binder that binds “bridging molecule”, where the two molecules bind different epitopes of the “bridging molecule”
- Fig. ID illustrates a WNT mimetic with two FZD binding domains tethered to a bridging molecule by two binding domains specific for two epitopes on the bridging molecule and two LRP binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by two binding domains specific for two epitopes on the bridging molecule, wherein the two bridging binding epitopes are linked together and each separate molecule could be tethered to “bridging element” by binding to a different epitope on the bridging receptor, creating the final receptor complex.
- Fig. IE shows a WNT mimetic with two FZD binding domain tethered to a bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule and two LRP binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a second epitope on the bridging molecule, wherein the two bridging binding epitopes are identical and each separate molecule could be tethered to “bridging element” binding to a epitope on the multimeric bridging receptor, creating the final receptor complex.
- Fig. IF shows a FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule and an FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a second epitope on the bridging molecule, and each separate molecule could be tethered to a “bridging element” binding to a different epitope on the bridging receptor, creating the final receptor complex.
- Fig. 1G shows a FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by two binding domains specific for two epitopes on the bridging molecule wherein the two bridging binding epitopes are linked together, and each separate molecule could be tethered to a “bridging element” binding to a different epitope on the bridging receptor, creating the final receptor complex.
- Fig. 1G shows a FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by two binding domains specific for two epitopes on the bridging molecule wherein the two bridging binding epitopes are linked together, and each separate molecule could be tethered to a “bridging element” binding to a different epitope on the bridging receptor, creating the final receptor complex.
- 1H shows FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a epitope on the bridging molecule, wherein each separate molecule tethered to a “bridging element” binding to a multimeric bridging receptor, creating the final receptor complex.
- Figs. 2A-2C show selected PKlotho and endocrine fibroblast growth factor 21 (FGF21) ligand system as the bridging receptor system, with the FZD and LRP binding domains.
- Fig. 2A shows elements that are used in the split molecules.
- LRP6 binder element is in scFv format; FZD binder is in the IgGl format; both aGFP IgGl and aGFP scFv are used for assembly of the negative control molecules.
- PKlotho binders Two types are used: Binder No.1, 39F7 IgGl, a PKlotho monoclonal antibody; Binder No. 2, FGF21FL, and different deletion variants.
- Fig. 2B illustrates the diagram of the assembled molecules.
- Fig. 2C shows the diagram of the assembled negative control molecules.
- FIGs. 2D-2G show binding of various F-FGF21 fusion proteins to FZD7 and PKlotho. Bindings of FZD7 and P-Klotho to F-FGF21FL (Fig. 2D), F-FGF21 AN (Fig. 2E), F- FGF21 AC (Fig. 2F), or F-FGF21 ANAC (Fig. 2G) were determined by Octet.
- Figs. 2H-2J illustrate binding of LRP6 and PKlotho to L-39F7 (Fig. 2H), aGFP- 39F7 (Fig. 21), or L-aGFP (Fig. 2J) were determined by Octet. Mean KD values were calculated from all 7 binding curves with global fits (red dotted lines) using 1 : 1 Langmuir binding model.
- FIGs. 2K-2L show step bindings
- Fig. 2K is step binding of FZD7 and PKlotho to various F-FGF21 fusion proteins.
- Sequential binding of F-FGF21FL blue sensorgram
- F- FGF21AN red sensorgram
- F-FGF21AC light green sensorgram
- F-FGF21ANAC green sensorgram
- PKlotho on Octet shows simultaneous engagement of both FZD7 and PKlotho to the indicated F-FGF21 proteins.
- Sensorgrams for FZD7 and PKlotho area are enlarged at the right.
- 2L shows step binding of LRP6 and PKlotho to L-39F7 and its control proteins. Sequential binding L-39F7 (blue sensorgram), L-aGFP (light blue sensorgram), aGFP-39F7 (red sensorgram), or 39F7 IgG (green sensorgram), followed by LRP6E3E4, then followed by addition of PKlotho on Octet shows simultaneous engagement of both LRP6 and PKlotho to the indicated L-39F7 and its control proteins. Sensorgrams for LRP6 and PKlotho area (dashed box on left) are enlarged on the right. [0031] Figs.
- FIG. 3 A-3F illustrate dose dependent STF assay of SWIFT molecules in HEK293 and Huh7 cells the combination of F12578-FGF21FL or FGF12578-FGF21AN with L-39F7 resulted in WNT/p-catenin signaling in a liver cell line, Huh7 cells, which express the bridging receptor PKlotho, but not in 293 cells where PKlotho is not expressed.
- This signaling depends on the presence of both FZD and LRP binding arms and the ability to bind the bridging receptor, as the removal of LRP binding arm L from L-39F7 or inactivation of PKlotho binding (use of FGF21ANAC) resulted in no activity in either cell.
- Fig. 3G illustrates expression of bridging receptor PKlotho (KLB) in HEK293 and Huh7 cells.
- Figs. 4A and 4B show the FZD binder (F12578), LRP binder (L), and the two noncompeting bridging receptor (PKlotho) binders (FGF21FL and 39F7) were combined in the molecule, F12578-FGF21FL-39F7-L (Fig. 4A), and their activity WNT/p-catenin signaling in Huh7 cells that expresses the bridging receptor PKlotho but not in 293 cells where PKlotho is not expressed (Fig. 4B).
- Figs. 5A-5D illustrate activity of targeted molecules in primary human cells.
- Fig. 5A is presentative images of primary human hepatocytes cultures in 2D or human small intestinal organoids. Scale bars 200 pm.
- Fig. 5B shows expression of bridging receptor PKlotho (KLB) in hepatocytes or small intestinal cells.
- Fig. 5C illustrates WNT target gene AXIN2 expression normalized to control treatment after 24-hour treatment with 10 nM of indicated molecules in human hepatocytes.
- Fig. 5D shows WNT target gene AXIN2 expression normalized to control treatment after 24-hour treatment with 10 nM of indicated molecules in human small intestinal organoids.
- the present invention provides a cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide and related uses thereof.
- the present invention provides a cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide molecule comprising at least one first antigen binding domain that binds to a first signaling receptor component, at least one-second antigen binding domain that binds to a second signaling receptor component receptor, and at least one different antigen binding domain that binds to a bridging molecule, and the first receptor and second receptor can be different or identical.
- the binding domain that binds to the bridging molecule comprises at least two binding domains that bind to different epitopes on the bridging molecule or bind to the same epitope on the bridging molecule.
- the first antigen binding domain that binds to a first signaling receptor component is tethered to at least one binding domain that binds to the bridging receptor
- the second antigen binding domain that binds to a second signaling receptor component is tethered to at least one binding domain that binds to the bridging molecule.
- the antigen binding domain is joined directly or by a linker to the binding domain that binds to the bridging molecule.
- the bridging molecule is monomeric or multimeric.
- the binding domains are each independently selected from the group consisting of: an scFv, a VHH/sdAb, a Fab, and a Fab'2.
- the binding domains are joined through a linker by a peptide linker comprising from 1-100 amino acids.
- binding domains are attached to the N-terminus of an antibody Fc domain.
- a nucleic acid encodes the multicomponent polypeptide.
- the nucleic acid is an expression vector comprises a promoter sequence operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence; optionally wherein the vector is a virus comprising a promoter operatively linked to the nucleic acid.
- a host cell comprises the vector.
- In related embodiment provides a process for producing the multicomponent polypeptide comprising culturing the host cell under conditions wherein the multicomponent polypeptide is expressed by the expression vector.
- the present invention further provides a multicomponent WNT molecule comprises at least one FZD binding domain, at least one LRP binding domain, and at least one bridging molecule; the multicomponent WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule modulates WNT signaling.
- the multicomponent WNT molecule comprises: one or two FZD binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule; one or two LRP binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a second epitope on the bridging molecule, and the molecule can activate WNT signaling.
- the multicomponent WNT molecule comprises the binding domain specific for the first epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD binding domain(s) are joined directly or joined by a linker; and the binding domain specific for the second epitope of the bridging molecule and the LRP binding domain(s) are joined directly or joined by a linker; the binding domain specific for the first epitope and the binding domain specific for the second epitope of the bridging molecule are identical or different.
- the linker is a peptide or non-peptide linker.
- the FZD binding domain(s) and the LRP binding domain(s) are each independently selected from the group consisting of a scFv, a VHH/sdAb, a Fab, and a Fab '2.
- the FZD binding domain(s) and the LRP binding domains(s) are joined by a peptide linker comprising from 1-100 amino acids.
- the FZD binding domain(s) and the LRP binding domain(s) are attached to the N-terminus of an antibody Fc domain.
- a nucleic acid encoding the multicomponent WNT molecule is a nucleic acid encoding the multicomponent WNT molecule.
- the vector is an expression vector comprises a promoter sequence operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence; optionally wherein the vector is a virus comprising a promoter operatively linked to the nucleic acid.
- a host cell comprises the vector.
- a process for producing the multicomponent WNT molecule culturing the host cell under conditions wherein the multicomponent polypeptide is expressed by the expression vector is expressed by the expression vector.
- a pharmaceutical composition to modulate the WNT/p- catenin signaling pathway comprises an effective amount of the multicomponent WNT molecule, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvant, or carrier.
- a method of treating or preventing a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof comprises by providing to the subject an effective amount of the multicomponent WNT molecule.
- the present invention also provides a multicomponent WNT molecule comprises at least one FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule; at least one FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a second epitope on the bridging molecule; and the tethering of the FZD and LRP binding domains to the bridging receptor forms a WNT mimetic capable of activating WNT signaling.
- the binding domain specific for a first epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD/LRP binding domains are joined directly or by a linker; and the binding domain specific for a second epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD/LRP binding domains are joined directly, or by a linker the binding domain of the first epitope and second epitope of the bridging molecule are identical or different; and the binding domain of the first epitope and the second epitope of the bridging molecule could be linked together to FZD/LRP.
- the bridging molecule is monomeric or multimeric.
- At least one of the FZD or LRP binding domains is selected from the group consisting of: a scFv, a VHH/sdAb, a Fab, and a Fab'2.
- binding domains are joined through a linker by a peptide link comprising from 1-100 amino acids.
- the binding domains are attached to the N-terminus of an antibody Fc domain.
- a nucleic acid encoding the multicomponent WNT molecule is a nucleic acid encoding the multicomponent WNT molecule.
- the vector is an expression vector comprises a promoter sequence operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence; optionally wherein the vector is a virus comprising a promoter operatively linked to the nucleic acid.
- a host cell comprises the vector.
- a process for producing the multicomponent WNT molecule culturing the host cell under conditions wherein the multicomponent polypeptide is expressed by the expression vector is expressed by the expression vector.
- a pharmaceutical composition to modulate the WNT/p- catenin signaling pathway comprises an effective amount of the multicomponent WNT molecule, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvant, or carrier.
- the method comprises by providing to the subject an effective amount of the multicomponent WNT molecule.
- “Activity” of a molecule may describe or refer to the binding of the molecule to a ligand or to a receptor, to catalytic activity, to the ability to stimulate gene expression, to antigenic activity, to the modulation of activities of other molecules, and the like. “Activity” of a molecule may also refer to activity in modulating or maintaining cell-to-cell interactions, e.g., adhesion, or activity in maintaining a structure of a cell, e.g., cell membranes or cytoskeleton. “Activity” may also mean specific activity, e.g., [catalytic activity]/[mg protein], or [immunological activity ]/[mg protein], or the like.
- targeting element refers to cell surface receptors also known as transmembrane receptors, such as, e.g., ion channel-linked receptors, G-protein coupled receptors, and enzyme- linked receptors.
- a bridging receptor can be a cell surface glycan.
- chimeric activator refers to the cooperativity concept of different ligands by enhancing agonist activity to the targeted cell.
- multicomponent polypeptide “multicomponent polypeptide molecule”, and “multicomponent molecule”, as used herein, are interchangeable.
- multicomponent WNT molecule WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule
- WNT mimetic WNT mimetic
- administering or “introducing” or “providing”, as used herein, refer to delivery of a composition to a cell, to cells, tissues and/or organs of a subject, or to a subject. Such administering or introducing may take place in vivo, in vitro or ex vivo.
- an antibody is an immunoglobulin molecule capable of specific binding to a target, such as a carbohydrate, polynucleotide, lipid, polypeptide, etc., through at least one epitope recognition site, located in the variable region of the immunoglobulin molecule.
- a target such as a carbohydrate, polynucleotide, lipid, polypeptide, etc.
- the term encompasses not only intact polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies, but also fragments thereof (such as dAb, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv), single chain (scFv), VHH, synthetic variants thereof, naturally occurring variants, fusion proteins comprising an antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof, humanized antibodies, chimeric antibodies, and any other modified configuration of the immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an antigen-binding site or fragment (epitope recognition site) of the required specificity.
- “Diabodies” multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Holliger et al (1993)., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
- Minibodies comprising a scFv joined to a CH3 domain are also included herein (See e.g., S. Hu et al. (1996), Cancer Res., 56:3055-3061; Ward, E. S. et al. (1989) Nature 341 :544-546; Bird et al.(1988) Science 242:423-426; Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883; PCT/US92/09965; WO94/13804; P. Holliger et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; and Y. Reiter et al. (1996) Nature Biotech. 14: 1239-1245).
- an antigen-binding fragment refers to a polypeptide fragment that contains at least one CDR of an immunoglobulin heavy and/or light chain, or of a VHH, that binds to the antigen of interest, in particular to one or more FZD receptor or LRP5 or LRP6 receptor.
- an antigen-binding fragment of the herein described antibodies may comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or all 6 CDRs of a VH and VL sequence set forth herein from antibodies that bind one or more FZD receptor or LRP5 and/or LRP6.
- an antigen-binding fragment may comprise all three VH CDRs or all three VL CDRs.
- an antigen binding fragment thereof may comprise all three CDRs of a VHH binding fragment.
- An antigen-binding fragment of a FZD-specific antibody is capable of binding to a FZD receptor.
- An antigen- binding fragment of a LRP5/6-specific antibody is capable of binding to a LRP5 and/or LRP6 receptor.
- the term encompasses not only isolated fragments but also polypeptides comprising an antigen-binding fragment of an antibody disclosed herein, such as, for example, fusion proteins comprising an antigen-binding fragment of an antibody disclosed herein, such as, e.g., a fusion protein comprising a VHH that binds one or more FZD receptors and a VHH that binds LRP5 and/or LRP6.
- the term "antigen" refers to a molecule or a portion of a molecule capable of being bound by a selective binding agent, such as an antibody, and additionally capable of being used in an animal to produce antibodies capable of binding to an epitope of that antigen.
- a binding agent e.g., a multicomponent WNT molecule or binding region thereof
- WNT multicomponent WNT molecule or binding region thereof
- a multicomponent WNT molecule or binding region thereof e.g., an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof
- the equilibrium dissociation constant may be ⁇ 10' 9 M or ⁇ 10' 10 M.
- CDR refers to at least one of the three hypervariable regions of a heavy or light chain variable (V) region. Proceeding from the N-terminus of a heavy or light chain, these regions are denoted as “CDR1,” “CDR2,” and “CDR3” respectively.
- An antigen-binding site therefore, includes six CDRs, comprising the CDR set from each of a heavy and a light chain V region.
- a polypeptide comprising a single CDR (e.g., a CDR1, CDR2 or CDR3) is referred to herein as a "molecular recognition unit.” Crystallographic analysis of a number of antigen-antibody complexes has demonstrated that the amino acid residues of CDRs form extensive contact with bound antigen, wherein the most extensive antigen contact is with the heavy chain CDR3. Thus, the molecular recognition units are primarily responsible for the specificity of an antigen-binding site.
- antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof as described herein include a heavy chain and a light chain CDRs, respectively interposed between a heavy chain and a light chain framework regions (FRs)which provide support to the CDRs and define the spatial relationship of the CDRs relative to each other.
- FRs light chain framework regions
- FRs refer to the four flanking amino acid sequences which frame the CDRs of a heavy or light chain V region. Some FR residues may contact bound antigen; however, FRs are primarily responsible for folding the V region into the antigen-binding site, particularly the FR residues directly adjacent to the CDRs. Within FRs, certain amino residues and certain structural features are very highly conserved. In this regard, all V region sequences contain an internal disulfide loop of around 90 amino acid residues. When the V regions fold into a binding-site, the CDRs are displayed as projecting loop motifs which form an antigen-binding surface.
- immunoglobulin CDRs and variable domains may be determined by reference to Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest. 4th Edition. US Department of Health and Human Services. 1987, and updates thereof, now available on the Internet (immuno.bme.nwu.edu).
- a “monoclonal antibody” refers to a homogeneous antibody population wherein the monoclonal antibody is comprised of amino acids (naturally occurring and non-naturally occurring) that are involved in the selective binding of an epitope. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single epitope.
- monoclonal antibody encompasses not only intact monoclonal antibodies and full-length monoclonal antibodies, but also fragments thereof (such as Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv), single chain (scFv), VHH, variants thereof, fusion proteins comprising an antigen-binding fragment of a monoclonal antibody, humanized monoclonal antibodies, chimeric monoclonal antibodies, and any other modified configuration of the immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an antigen- binding fragment (epitope recognition site) of the required specificity and the ability to bind to an epitope, including multicomponent WNT molecules disclosed herein.
- fragments thereof such as Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv), single chain (scFv), VHH, variants thereof, fusion proteins comprising an antigen-binding fragment of a monoclonal antibody, humanized monoclonal antibodies, chimeric monoclonal antibodies, and any other modified configuration of the immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an
- antibody it is not intended to be limited as regards the source of the antibody or the manner in which it is made (e.g., by hybridoma, phage selection, recombinant expression, transgenic animals, etc.).
- the term includes whole immunoglobulins as well as the fragments etc. described above under the definition of "antibody”
- co-receptor refers to a first cell surface receptor that binds signaling molecule or ligand in conjunction with another receptor to facilitate ligand recognition and initiate a biological process, such as WNT pathway signaling.
- agonist activity refers to the ability of an agonist to mimic the effect or activity of a naturally occurring protein.
- peptide linker or “linker moiety” refers to a sequence of sometimes repeating amino acid residues, usually glycine and serine, that are used to join the various antigen binding domains described below.
- the length of the linker sequence determines the flexibility of the antigen binding domains in MsAbs, in particular, in the binding of epitopes on co-receptors such as FZD receptors, LRP5 and/or LRP6, and/or ZNRF3/RNF43.
- the term “enhances” refers to a measurable increase in the level of receptor signaling modulated by a ligand or ligand agonist compared with the level in the absence of the agonist, e.g., a multicomponent WNT molecule.
- the increase in the level of receptor signaling is at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 50%, at least two-fold, at least five-fold, at least 10-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 50- fold, or at least 100- fold as compared to the level of receptor signaling in the absence of the agonist, e.g., in the same cell type.
- An antigen or epitope that "specifically binds” or “preferentially binds” (used interchangeably herein) to an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof is a term well understood in the art, and methods to determine such specific or preferential binding are also well known in the art.
- a molecule e.g., a multicomponent WNT molecule, is said to exhibit "specific binding” or “preferential binding” if it reacts or associates more frequently, more rapidly, with greater duration and/or with greater affinity with a particular cell or substance than it does with alternative cells or substances.
- a molecule or binding region thereof e.g., a multicomponent WNT molecule or binding region thereof, "specifically binds” or “preferentially binds" to a target antigen, e.g., a FZD receptor, if it binds with greater affinity, avidity, more readily, and/or with greater duration than it binds to other substances.
- a target antigen e.g., a FZD receptor
- operably linked means that the components to which the term is applied are in a relationship that allows them to carry out their inherent functions under suitable conditions.
- a transcription control sequence "operably linked" to a protein coding sequence is ligated thereto so that expression of the protein coding sequence is achieved under conditions compatible with the transcriptional activity of the control sequences.
- control sequence refers to polynucleotide sequences that can affect expression, processing or intracellular localization of coding sequences to which they are ligated or operably linked. The nature of such control sequences may depend upon the host organism.
- transcription control sequences for prokaryotes may include a promoter, ribosomal binding site, and transcription termination sequence.
- transcription control sequences for eukaryotes may include promoters comprising one or a plurality of recognition sites for transcription factors, transcription enhancer sequences, transcription termination sequences and polyadenylation sequences.
- control sequences can include leader sequences and/or fusion partner sequences.
- polynucleotide as referred to herein means single- stranded or doublestranded nucleic acid polymers.
- the nucleotides comprising the polynucleotide can be ribonucleotides or deoxyribonucleotides or a modified form of either type of nucleotide.
- Said modifications include base modifications such as bromouridine, ribose modifications such as arabinoside and 2',3'-dideoxyribose and intemucleotide linkage modifications such as phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phoshoraniladate and phosphoroamidate.
- base modifications such as bromouridine
- ribose modifications such as arabinoside and 2',3'-dideoxyribose
- intemucleotide linkage modifications such as phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phoshoraniladate and phosphoroamidate.
- polynucleotide specifically includes single and double stranded forms of DNA.
- nucleotides includes deoxyribonucleotides and ribonucleotides.
- modified nucleotides includes nucleotides with modified or substituted sugar groups and the like.
- oligonucleotide linkages includes oligonucleotide linkages such as phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phoshoraniladate, phosphoroamidate, and the like. See, e.g., LaPlanche et al. (1986) Nucl. Acids Res. 14:9081; Stec et al.
- An oligonucleotide can include a detectable label to enable detection of the oligonucleotide or hybridization thereof.
- vector is used to refer to any molecule (e.g., nucleic acid, plasmid, or virus) used to transfer coding information to a host cell.
- expression vector refers to a vector that is suitable for transformation of a host cell and contains nucleic acid sequences that direct and/or control expression of inserted heterologous nucleic acid sequences. Expression includes, but is not limited to, processes such as transcription, translation, and RNA splicing, if introns are present.
- the term "host cell” is used to refer to a cell into which has been introduced, or which is capable of having introduced into it, a nucleic acid sequence encoding one or more of the herein described polypeptides, and which further expresses or is capable of expressing a selected gene of interest, such as a gene encoding any herein described polypeptide.
- the term includes the progeny of the parent cell, whether or not the progeny are identical in morphology or in genetic make-up to the original parent, so long as the selected gene is present. Accordingly, there is also contemplated a method comprising introducing such nucleic acid into a host cell. The introduction may employ any available technique.
- suitable techniques may include calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-Dextran, electroporation, liposome- mediated transfection and transduction using retrovirus or other virus, e.g., vaccinia or, for insect cells, baculovirus.
- suitable techniques may include calcium chloride transformation, electroporation and transfection using bacteriophage. The introduction may be followed by causing or allowing expression from the nucleic acid, e.g., by culturing host cells under conditions for expression of the gene.
- the nucleic acid is integrated into the genome (e.g., chromosome) of the host cell.
- transfection is used to refer to the uptake of foreign or exogenous DNA by a cell, and a cell has been "transfected" when the exogenous DNA has been introduced inside the cell membrane. A number of transfection techniques are well known in the art and are disclosed herein.
- Transduction refers to the acquisition and transfer of eukaryotic cellular sequences by viruses, e.g., retroviruses.
- transformation refers to a change in a cell's genetic characteristics, and a cell has been transformed when it has been modified to contain a new DNA.
- a cell is transformed where it is genetically modified from its native state.
- the transforming DNA may recombine with that of the cell by physically integrating into a chromosome of the cell, or may be maintained transiently as an episomal element without being replicated, or may replicate independently as a plasmid.
- a cell is considered to have been stably transformed when the DNA is replicated with the division of the cell.
- non- naturally occurring or “non-native” as used herein refers to a material that is not found in nature or that has been structurally modified or synthesized by a human.
- polypeptide protein and “peptide” and “glycoprotein” are used interchangeably and mean a polymer of amino acids not limited to any particular length. The term does not exclude modifications such as myristylation, sulfation, glycosylation, phosphorylation and addition or deletion of signal sequences.
- polypeptide or protein means one or more chains of amino acids, wherein each chain comprises amino acids covalently linked by peptide bonds, and wherein said polypeptide or protein can comprise a plurality of chains non-covalently and/or covalently linked together by peptide bonds, having the sequence of native proteins, that is, proteins produced by naturally-occurring and specifically non-recombinant cells, or genetically-engineered or recombinant cells, and comprise molecules having the amino acid sequence of the native protein, or molecules having deletions from, additions to, and/or substitutions of one or more amino acids of the native sequence.
- polypeptide and protein specifically encompass multicomponent WNT molecules, FZD binding regions thereof, LRP5/6 binding regions thereof, antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof that bind to a FZD receptor or a LRP5 or LRP6 receptor disclosed herein, or sequences that have deletions from, additions to, and/or substitutions of one or more amino acid of any of these polypeptides.
- a "polypeptide” or a “protein” can comprise one (termed “a monomer”) or a plurality (termed “a multimer”) of amino acid chains.
- Polypeptides and proteins include glycoproteins.
- isolated protein means that a subject protein, multicomponent molecule, or antibody: (1) is free of at least some other proteins with which it would typically be found in nature; (2) is essentially free of other proteins from the same source, e.g., from the same species, (3) is expressed by a cell from a different species; (4) has been separated from at least about 50 percent of polynucleotides, lipids, carbohydrates, or other materials with which it is associated in nature; (5) is not associated (by covalent or noncovalent interaction) with portions of a protein with which the "isolated protein” is associated in nature; (6) is operably associated (by covalent or noncovalent interaction) with a polypeptide with which it is not associated in nature; or (7) does not occur in nature.
- an isolated protein can be encoded by genomic DNA, cDNA, mRNA or other RNA, or may be of synthetic origin, or any combination thereof.
- an isolated protein may comprise naturally-occurring and/or artificial polypeptide sequences.
- the isolated protein is substantially free from proteins or polypeptides or other contaminants that are found in its natural environment that would interfere with its use (therapeutic, diagnostic, prophylactic, research or otherwise).
- a “WNT super agonist” is a molecule having enhanced WNT agonist activity.
- the WNT super agonists have both WNT signaling and WNT signal enhancing activity.
- the WNT super agonist molecule will bind both at least one FZD receptor and at least one LRP receptor, as well as binding and activating at least one E3 ubiquitin ligase receptor, thereby stabilizing the FZD and/or LRP receptors.
- the present invention provides combinations of antigen binding molecules that act as multicomponent polypeptide and enhancing molecules by binding to and modulating co- receptor signaling, for example, antigen binding molecules that bind to one or more FZD receptor and one or more LRP5 or LRP6 receptor, and a bridging receptor, which in turn modulates a downstream WNT signaling pathway.
- the multicomponent complex activates or increases a signaling pathway associated with one or both co-receptors by homo- or hetero-dimerization after interaction of a bridging element with the bridging receptor.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecules disclosed herein comprise: (i) one or more antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof that specifically bind to one or more first co-receptor, including antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof having particular co-receptor specificity and/or functional properties; and (ii) one or more antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof that specifically bind to one or more second co-receptors, and one or more bridging molecule that bind to one or more bridging receptor.
- Certain embodiments encompass specific structural formats or arrangements of the first and second co-receptor binding region(s) of the multicomponent molecules advantageous in increasing downstream signaling and related biological effects.
- Sequences of illustrative antibodies, or antigen-binding fragments, or complementarity determining regions (CDRs) thereof, that bind to one or more FZD receptors are set forth in WO2019126399. Sequences of illustrative LRP5 and/or LRP6 antibodies, or antigen-binding fragments, or complementarity determining regions (CDRs) thereof, are set forth in W02019126401. Sequences of antigen binding molecules that bind one or more FZD receptor and LRP5 and/or LRP6 are set forth in U.S. Provisional application nos. 62/607,875, 62/641,217, and 62/680,522, titled WNT Signaling Pathway Agonists, filed December 19, 2017, March 9, 2018, and June 4, 2018, respectively.
- Antibodies and antibody fragments thereof may be prepared by methods well known in the art.
- the proteolytic enzyme papain preferentially cleaves IgG molecules to yield several fragments, two of which (the F(ab) fragments) each comprise a covalent heterodimer that includes an intact antigen-binding site.
- the enzyme pepsin is able to cleave IgG molecules to provide several fragments, including the F(ab')2 fragment which comprises both antigen-binding sites.
- An Fv fragment for use according to certain embodiments of the present invention can be produced by preferential proteolytic cleavage of an IgM, and on rare occasions of an IgG or IgA immunoglobulin molecule.
- Fv fragments are, however, more commonly derived using recombinant techniques known in the art.
- the Fv fragment includes a non-covalent VH: VL heterodimer including an antigen-binding site which retains much of the antigen recognition and binding capabilities of the native antibody molecule.
- VH VL heterodimer including an antigen-binding site which retains much of the antigen recognition and binding capabilities of the native antibody molecule.
- single chain Fv or scFV antibodies are contemplated.
- Kappa bodies (Ill etal. (1997), ro/. Eng. 10: 949-57; minibodies (Martin etal. (1994) EMBO J 13: 5305-9; diabodies (Holliger et al. (1993) PNAS 90: 6444-8; or janusins (Traunecker et a/. ( 1991 ) EMBO J 10: 3655-59; and Traunecker et al. (1992) Int. J. Cancer Suppl. 7: 51-52.), may be prepared using standard molecular biology techniques following the teachings of the present application with regard to selecting antibodies having the desired specificity.
- bispecific or chimeric antibodies may be made that encompass the ligands of the present disclosure.
- a chimeric antibody may comprise CDRs and framework regions from different antibodies, while bispecific antibodies may be generated that bind specifically to one or more FZD receptor through one binding domain and to a second molecule through a second binding domain and bridging molecule with identical or different bridging epitopes for the first or second binding domains.
- These antibodies may be produced through recombinant molecular biological techniques or may be physically conjugated together.
- a single chain Fv (scFv) polypeptide is a covalently linked VH::VL heterodimer which is expressed from a gene fusion including VH- and VL- encoding genes linked by an encoded peptide linker.
- a number of methods have been described to discern chemical structures for converting the naturally aggregated — but chemically separated — light and heavy polypeptide chains from an antibody V region into an scFv molecule which will fold into a three dimensional structure substantially similar to the structure of an antigen-binding site. See, e.g, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,091,513 and 5,132,405, to Huston et al., ' and U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778, to Ladner et al.
- an antibody as described herein is in the form of a diabody.
- Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804).
- a dAb fragment of an antibody consists of a VH domain (Ward, E. S. et al. (1989) Nature 341 :544-546).
- bispecific antibodies may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Holliger, P. and Winter G. (1993) Curr. Op. Biotechnol. 4:446-449), e.g., prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above.
- Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction.
- Bispecific diabodies as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be particularly useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. Bispecific whole antibodies may be made by knobs-into-holes engineering (J. B. B. Ridgeway et al. (1996) Protein Eng., 9:616- 621).
- the antibodies described herein may be provided in the form of a UniBody®.
- a UniBody® is an IgG4 antibody with the hinge region removed (see GenMab Utrecht, The Netherlands; see also, e.g., US20090226421). This proprietary antibody technology creates a stable, smaller antibody format with an anticipated longer therapeutic window than current small antibody formats. IgG4 antibodies are considered inert and thus do not interact with the immune system. Fully human IgG4 antibodies may be modified by eliminating the hinge region of the antibody to obtain half-molecule fragments having distinct stability properties relative to the corresponding intact IgG4 (GenMab, Utrecht). Halving the IgG4 molecule leaves only one area on the UniBody® that can bind to cognate antigens (e.g., disease targets) and the UniBody® therefore binds univalently to only one site on target cells.
- the antibodies of the present disclosure may take the form of a single variable domain fragment known as a VHH.
- VHH technology was originally developed following the discovery and identification that camelidae (e.g., camels and llamas) possess fully functional antibodies that consist of heavy chains only and therefore lack light chains.
- camelidae e.g., camels and llamas
- These heavy-chain only antibodies contain a single VHH domain and two constant domains (CH2, CH3).
- the cloned and isolated VHH domains have full antigen binding capacity and are very stable.
- These VHH domains are encoded by single genes and are efficiently produced in almost all prokaryotic and eukaryotic hosts e.g., E. coll (see e.g. U.S. Pat. No.
- VHHs may be formulated as a ready -to-use solution having a long shelflife.
- the Nanoclone® method (see, e.g., WO 06/079372) is a proprietary method for generating VHHs against a desired target, based on automated high-throughput selection of B-cells.
- VHH antibodies typically have a small size of around 15 kDa.
- the antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof as disclosed herein are humanized.
- the antigen-binding site may comprise either complete variable domains fused onto constant domains or only the CDRs grafted onto appropriate framework regions in the variable domains.
- Epitope binding sites may be wild type or modified by one or more amino acid substitutions.
- variable regions of both heavy and light chains contain three complementarity- determining regions (CDRs) which vary in response to the epitopes in question and determine binding capability, flanked by four framework regions (FRs) which are relatively conserved in a given species and which putatively provide a scaffolding for the CDRs.
- CDRs complementarity- determining regions
- FRs framework regions
- humanized antibodies preserve all CDR sequences (for example, a humanized mouse antibody which contains all six CDRs from the mouse antibodies).
- humanized antibodies have one or more CDRs (one, two, three, four, five, six) which are altered with respect to the original antibody, which are also termed one or more CDRs "derived from" one or more CDRs from the original antibody.
- the antibodies of the present disclosure may be chimeric antibodies.
- a chimeric antibody is comprised of an antigen-binding fragment of an antibody operably linked or otherwise fused to a heterologous Fc portion of a different antibody.
- the heterologous Fc domain is of human origin.
- the heterologous Fc domain may be from a different Ig class from the parent antibody, including IgA (including subclasses IgAl and IgA2), IgD, IgE, IgG (including subclasses IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4), and IgM.
- the heterologous Fc domain may be comprised of CH2 and CH3 domains from one or more of the different Ig classes.
- the antigen-binding fragment of a chimeric antibody may comprise only one or more of the CDRs of the antibodies described herein (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 CDRs of the antibodies described herein), or may comprise an entire variable domain (VL, VH or both).
- the disclosure provides, in certain aspects, a cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide having a one or more first antigen binding domain that binds to a first receptor, a one or more second antigen binding domain that binds to a second receptor, and one or more different antigen binding domain that binds to one or more bridging molecule that activates the signaling pathways.
- the tissue is bone tissue, and the cell surface receptor is parathyroid hormone receptor 1 (PTH1R); or the tissue is liver tissue, and the cell surface receptor is asialoglycoprotein receptor 1 (ASGR1), asialoglycoprotein receptor 2 (ASGR2), transferrin receptor 2 (TFR2) or solute carrier family 10 member 1 (SLC10A1), or the tissue is oral mucous tissue, and the cell surface receptor is LY6/PLAUR Domain Containing 3 (LYPD3) or Desmoglein 3 (DSG3).
- PTH1R parathyroid hormone receptor 1
- ASGR1 asialoglycoprotein receptor 1
- ASGR2 asialoglycoprotein receptor 2
- TFR2 transferrin receptor 2
- SLC10A1 solute carrier family 10 member 1
- the tissue is oral mucous tissue
- the cell surface receptor is LY6/PLAUR Domain Containing 3 (LYPD3) or Desmoglein 3 (DSG3).
- the cell surface molecule is a PTH1, and at least one different antigen binding domain specifically binds PTH1R; the cell surface molecule is ASGR1, and at least one different antigen binding domain specifically binds ASGR1; the cell surface molecule is ASGR2, and third binding at least one different antigen binding domain binds ASGR2; the cell surface molecule is SLC10A1, and at least one different antigen binding domain specifically binds SLC10A1; or the cell surface molecule is TFR2, and at least one different antigen binding domain specifically binds TFR2, the cell surface molecule is LYPD3, and at least one different antigen binding domain specifically binds LYPD3; or the cell surface molecule is DSG3, at least one different antigen binding domain sequence specifically binds DSG3, at least one different antigen binding domain is an antibody or fragment thereof, a small molecule, or a ligand, or fragment or variant thereof, of the cell
- the tethering of the targeting element or the bridging molecule to the activity element or the ensemble of the first antigen binding domain that binds to a first receptor, a one or more second antigen binding domain that binds to a second receptor increase the local concentration of the activity element on the desired target cell surface, by engagement of signaling receptor and subsequent intracellular signaling activation.
- the tethering of the first and second binding domains to the bridging receptor forms a chimeric activator capable of activating the targeted cell signaling.
- a multicomponent molecule is capable of modulating signaling events associated with at least one of the co-receptors that it binds, in a cell contacted with the multicomponent polypeptide molecule.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecule increases receptor signaling.
- a WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule specifically modulates the biological activity of a human WNT/p-catenin signaling pathway.
- Multicomponent polypeptide molecules of the present invention are biologically active in binding to one or more of a first receptor and to one or more of a second receptor, and as an example, in the activation of WNT signaling, the WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule is a WNT agonist.
- the term "agonist activity" refers to the ability of an agonist to mimic the effect or activity of a naturally occurring protein binding to a first and second receptor.
- the ability of the multicomponent polypeptide molecules and other receptor agonists disclosed herein to mimic the activity of the natural ligand can be confirmed by a number of assays.
- WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecules, some of which are disclosed herein activate, enhance or increase the canonical WNT/p-catenin signaling pathway.
- the structures of the multicomponent polypeptide molecules disclosed herein are bispecific, i.e., they specifically bind to two or more different epitopes, e.g., one or more epitopes of a first receptor, and one or more epitopes of a second receptor.
- multicomponent molecules disclosed herein are multivalent, e.g., they comprise two or more regions that each specifically bind to the same epitope, e.g., two or more regions that bind to an epitope within one or more first co-receptor and/or two or more regions that bind to an epitope within a second co-receptor. In particular embodiments, they comprise two or more regions that bind to an epitope within a first co- receptor and two or more regions that bind to an epitope within a second co-receptor.
- multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprise a ratio of the number of regions that bind one or more first co-receptor to the number of regions that a second co- receptor of or about: 1 : 1, 2: 1, 3: 1, 4: 1, 5: 1, 6: 1, 2:3, 2:5, 2:7, 7:2, 5:2, 3:2, 3:4, 3:5, 3:7, 3:8, 8:3, 7:3, 5:3, 4:3, 4:5, 4:7, 4:9, 9:4, 7:4, 5:4, 6:7, 7:6, 1 :2, 1 :3, 1 :4, 1 :5, or 1 :6.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecules are bispecific and multivalent.
- the multicomponent WNT molecule described herein are bispecific and can simultaneously bind to FZDs and LRPs binding domains.
- the optimal stoichiometry (at least for the antibody based molecules) are tetravalent bispecific (2:2 format), requiring two FZD binders and two LRP binders in the same molecule to achieve efficient signaling (Tao et al., 2019, Chen et al., 2020). Taking advantage of the fact that two FZD binders alone, two LRP binders alone, or a molecule with one FZD binder and one LRP binder (1 :1 format) do not signal.
- Cell specificity is achieved by attaching an “targeting element” (capable of binding to another cell surface receptor, called a bridging receptor here) to these three inactive molecules, and signaling competent receptor complexes consisting of two FZDs and two LRPs could then be assemble via the bridging receptor on the target cell surface.
- a targeting element capable of binding to another cell surface receptor, called a bridging receptor here
- signaling competent receptor complexes consisting of two FZDs and two LRPs could then be assemble via the bridging receptor on the target cell surface.
- This approach reduces or eliminates the need to mutate and reduce the affinity of the “active elements” toward signaling receptors, and creates a highly cell specific activation of the signaling pathway as the individual components are inactive.
- the antigen binding domain(s) binds to a signaling receptor or a signaling receptor component.
- the structures of the multicomponent polypeptide molecules disclosed herein may have any of a variety of different structural formats or configurations.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecules may comprise polypeptides and/or non-polypeptide binding moieties, e.g., small molecules.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprise both a polypeptide region and a non-polypeptide binding moiety.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecules may comprise a single polypeptide, or they may comprise two or more, three or more, or four or more polypeptides.
- one or more polypeptides of a multicomponent polypeptide molecule are antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof.
- surrogates comprise two antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof, one that binds one or more first co-receptor and one that binds on or more second co-receptor.
- the molecules, e.g., surrogates comprise one, two, three, or four polypeptides, e.g., linked or bound to each other or fused to each other.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecules may be a fusion protein comprising one or more first co-receptor binding domain and one or more second co-receptor binding domain and one or more bridging binding domains.
- the binding domains may be directly fused or they may be connected via a linker, e.g., a polypeptide linker, including but not limited to any of those disclosed herein.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprise two or more polypeptides
- the polypeptides may be linked via covalent bonds, such as, e.g., disulfide bonds, and/or noncovalent interactions.
- covalent bonds such as, e.g., disulfide bonds, and/or noncovalent interactions.
- heavy chains of human immunoglobulin IgG interact at the level of their CH3 domains directly, whereas, at the level of their CH2 domains, they interact via the carbohydrate attached to the asparagine (Asn) N84.4 in the DE turn.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprise one or more regions derived from an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, e.g., antibody heavy chains or antibody light chains or fragments thereof.
- a surrogate polypeptide comprises two antibody heavy chain regions (e.g., hinge regions) bound together via one or more disulfide bond.
- a surrogate polypeptide comprises an antibody light chain region (e.g., a CL region) and an antibody heavy chain region (e.g., a CHI region) bound together via one or more disulfide bond.
- the multicomponent molecules may be engineered to facilitate binding between two polypeptides.
- Knob-into-holes amino acid modifications may be introduced into two different polypeptides to facilitate their binding.
- Knobs-into-holes amino acid (AA) changes is a rational design strategy developed in antibody engineering, used for heterodimerization of the heavy chains, in the production of bispecific IgG antibodies. AA changes are engineered in order to create a knob on the CH3 of the heavy chains from a first antibody and a hole on the CH3 of the heavy chains of a second antibody.
- the knob may be represented by a tyrosine (Y) that belongs to the 'very large' IMGT volume class of AA, whereas the hole may be represented by a threonine (T) that belongs to the 'small' IMGT volume class.
- Y tyrosine
- T threonine
- Other means of introducing modifications into polypeptides to facilitate their binding are known and available in the art. For example, specific amino acids may be introduced and used for cross-linking, such as Cysteine to form an intermolecular disulfide bond.
- Multicomponent molecules may have a variety of different structural formats, including but not limited to those as described in WO2019126398 and W02020010308.
- a multicomponent molecule comprises an scFv or antigenbinding fragment thereof fused to a VHH or antigen-binding fragment thereof.
- the scFv specifically binds one or more first receptor
- the VHH specifically binds to one or more second receptor.
- the scFv specifically binds LRP5 and/or LRP6, and the VHH specifically binds one or more FZD receptor.
- the scFv or antigen-binding fragment thereof is fused directly to the VHH or antigen-binding fragment thereof, whereas in other embodiments, the two binding regions are fused via a linker moiety.
- the VHH is fused or linked to the N- terminus of the scFV, while in other embodiments, the VHH is fused to the C-terminus of the scFv.
- a multicomponent polypeptide molecule comprises one or more Fab or antigen-binding fragment thereof and one or more VHH or antigen- binding fragment thereof (or alternatively, one or more scFv or antigen-binding fragment thereof).
- the Fab specifically binds one or more FZD receptor
- the VHH (or scFv) specifically binds LRP5 and/or LRP6.
- the Fab specifically binds LRP5 and/or LRP6, and the VHH (or scFv) specifically binds one or more FZD receptor.
- the VHH (or scFv) is fused to the N- terminus of the Fab, while in some embodiments, the VHH (or scFv) is fused to the C-terminus of the Fab.
- the Fab is present in a full IgG format, and the VHH (or scFv) is fused to the N-terminus and/or C-terminus of the IgG light chain.
- the Fab is present in a full IgG format, and the VHH (or scFv) is fused to the N-terminus and/or C-terminus of the IgG heavy chain.
- two or more VHHs are fused to the IgG at any combination of these locations.
- Fabs may be converted into a full IgG format that includes both the Fab and Fc fragments, for example, using genetic engineering to generate a fusion polypeptide comprising the Fab fused to an Fc region, i.e., the Fab is present in a full IgG format.
- the Fc region for the full IgG format may be derived from any of a variety of different Fes, including but not limited to, a wild-type or modified IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4 or other isotype, e.g., wild-type or modified human IgGl, human IgG2, human IgG3, human IgG4, human IgG4Pro (comprising a mutation in core hinge region that prevents the formation of IgG4 half molecules), human IgA, human IgE, human IgM, or the modified IgGl referred to as IgGl LALAPG.
- the L235A, P329G (LALA-PG) variant has been shown to eliminate complement binding and fixation as well as Fc-y dependent antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxity (ADCC) in both murine IgG2a and human IgGl.
- ADCC Fc-y dependent antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxity
- the IgG comprises one or more of the following amino acid substitutions: N297G, N297A, N297E, L234A, L235A, or P236G.
- Non-limiting examples of bivalent and bispecific multicomponent polypeptide molecules of co-receptors that are bivalent towards both the one or more first receptor and one or more second receptor are provided as the top four structures depicted in WO2019126398 and W02020010308, where the VHH or scFv is depicted in white or grey, and the Fab or IgG is depicted in black. As shown, the VHH (or scFvs) may be fused to the N- termini of both light chains, to the N-termini of both heavy chains, to the C- termini of both light chains, or to the C-termini of both heavy chains.
- VHH or scFvs
- VHH could be fused to both the N-termini and C-termini of the heavy and/or light chains, to the N-termini of the light chains and the heavy chains, to the C-termini of the heavy and light chains, to the N-termini of the heavy chains and C-termini of the light chains, or to the C- termini of the heavy chains and the N-termini of the light chains.
- two or more VHH (or scFvs) may be fused together, optionally via a linker moiety, and fused to the Fab or IgG at one or more of these locations.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecule has a Hetero-IgG format, whereas the Fab is present as a half antibody, and one or more VHH (or scFv) is fused to one or more of the N-terminus of the Fc, the N-terminus of the Fab, the C-terminus of the Fc, or the C-terminus of the Fab.
- VHH or scFv
- a bispecific but monovalent to each receptor version of this format is depicted at Figure 6.
- the Fab or antigen-binding fragment (or IgG) thereof is fused directly to the VHH (or scFv) or antigen-binding fragment thereof, whereas in other embodiments, the binding regions are fused via a linker moiety.
- the Fab is described herein or comprises any of the CDR sets described herein.
- an antigen binding molecule comprises one or more Fab or antigen-binding fragment thereof that binds one or more first receptor (e.g., FZD receptors) and one or more Fab or antigen -binding fragment thereof that binds to at least one or more second receptor (e.g., LRP5 and/or LRP6).
- it comprises two Fab or antigen-binding fragments thereof that bind one or more first co-receptor and/or two Fab or antigen-binding fragments thereof that bind to one or more second co-receptor.
- one or more of the Fab is present in a full IgG format, and in certain embodiments, both Fab are present in a full IgG format.
- the Fab in full IgG format specifically binds one or more first receptor (e.g., one or more FZD receptor), and the other Fab specifically binds at least one second receptor (e.g., LRP5 and/or LRP6).
- the Fab specifically binds one or more FZD receptor
- the Fab in full IgG format specifically binds LRP5 and/or LRP6.
- the Fab specifically binds LRP5 and/or LRP6, and the Fab in full IgG format specifically binds one or more FZD receptor.
- the Fab is fused to the N-terminus of the IgG, e.g., to the heavy chain or light chain N-terminus, optionally via a linker.
- the Fab is fused to the N-terminus of the heavy chain of the IgG and not fused to the light chain.
- the two heavy chains can be fused together directly or via a linker.
- FIG. 1 A An example of such a bispecific and bivalent with respect to both receptors is shown in Figure 1 A.
- two or more VHHs may be fused together, optionally via a linker moiety, and fused to the Fab or IgG at one or more of these locations.
- the WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule has a Hetero-IgG format, whereas one of the Fab is present as a half antibody, and the other Fab is fused to one or more of the N-terminus of the Fc, the N-terminus of the Fab, or the C- terminus of the Fc.
- a bispecific but monovalent to each receptor version of this format is depicted at Figure 6.
- the Fab or antigen-binding fragment thereof is fused directly to the other Fab or IgG or antigen-binding fragment thereof, whereas in other embodiments, the binding regions are fused via a linker moiety.
- the one or both of the two Fabs are described herein or comprise any of the CDR sets described herein.
- the antigen binding molecules have a format as described in PCT Application Publication No. WO2017/136820, e.g., a Fabs- in-tandem IgG (FIT-IG) format. Shiyong Gong, Fang Ren, Danqing Wu, Xuan Wu & Chengbin Wu (2017).
- FIT-IG also include the formats disclosed in, e.g., Gong, et al (2017) mAbs 9: 118-1128.
- FIT-IGs combine the functions of two antibodies into one molecule by rearranging the DNA sequences of two parental monoclonal antibodies into two or three constructs and co-expressing them in mammalian cells.
- FIT-IG formats and constructs are provided in FIGS. 1A and IB and FIGS. 2A and 2B of PCT Application Publication No. WO2017/136820.
- FIT-IGs require no Fc mutation; no scFv elements; and no linker or peptide connector.
- the Fab-domains in each arm work “in tandem” forming a tetravalent bi-specific antibody with four active and independent antigen binding sites that retain the biological function of their parental antibodies
- WNT surrogates comprises a Fab and an IgG.
- the Fab binder LC is fused to the HC of the IgG, e.g., by a linker of various length in between.
- the Fab binder HC can be fused or unfused to the LC of the IgG.
- a variation of this format has been called Fabs-in-tandem IgG (or FIT-Ig).
- the WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecules have a format described in PCT Application Publication No. W02009/080251 (Klein et al.), e.g., a CrossMab format. CrossMabs formats are also described in Schaefer et al. (2011) Proc. Natl. Acad. Set USA 108: 11187-11192.
- the CrossMab format allows correct assembly of two heavy chains and two light chains derived from existing antibodies to form a bispecific, bivalent IgG antibodies.
- the technology is based on the cross over the antibody domain within one Fabarm of a bispecific IgG antibody in order to enable correct chain association.
- Various portions of the Fab can be exchanged, e.g., the entire Fab, the variable heavy and light chains, or the CHI -CL chains can be exchanged.
- FiT-Ig and CrossMab technologies are combined to create a multispecific, multivalent antigen binding molecule, Cross-FiT, as depicted in Figure 1 A and Table 2.
- a linker between the crossed CL domain of the Fab and the Ig domains rather than between the CHI and Ig domains.
- Additional antigen binding fragments e.g., Fabs, VHH/sdAbs, and/or scFvs, can be appended to the Cross-FiT structure at various sites, e.g., the heavy or light chains and/or the C-terminus of the Fc domain to create multispecific antibodies.
- multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprise two or more VHHs/sdAbs (or scFvs), including at least one that binds one or more first receptor and at least one that binds at least one second receptor.
- one of the binding regions is a VHH/sdAbs and the other is an scFv.
- Multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprising two or more VHH/sdAbs (or scFvs) may be formatted in a variety of configurations, including but not limited to those depicted in WO2019126398 and W02020010308 .
- two or more VHH/sdAbs are fused in tandem or fused to two different ends of an Fc, optionally via one or more linkers.
- linkers are present, the linker and its length may be the same or different between the VHH/sdAb (or scFv) and the other VHH/sdAb (or scFv), or between the VHH and Fc.
- the VHH/sdAb is fused to the N-terminus, at either the heavy or light chain, and/or C-terminus of the IgG heavy chain.
- two or more VHH/sdAbs are fused to the IgG at any combination of these locations.
- both VHH/sdAbs may be fused to the N-termini of the Fc, to the C-termini of the Fc, or one or more VHH/sdAb may be fused to either or both of an N-terminus or C- terminus of the Fc.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecule has a Hetero-IgG format, whereas one VHH/sdAb is present as a half antibody, and the other is fused to the N-terminus of the Fc or the C-terminus of the Fc..
- the VHH/sdAb is fused directly to the other VHH/sdAb whereas in other embodiments, the binding regions are fused via a linker moiety.
- the VHH/sdAb are described herein or comprises any of the CDR sets described herein. In various embodiments, any of these formats may comprise one or more scFvs in place of one or more VHH/sdAbs.
- a multicomponent polypeptide molecule is formatted as a diabody.
- the binders against the two co-receptors can also be linked together in a diabody (or DART) configuration.
- the diabody can also be in a single chain configuration. If the diabody is fused to an Fc, this will create a bivalent bispecific format. Without fusion to Fc, this would be a monovalent bispecific format.
- a diabody is a noncovalent dimer scFv fragment that consists of the heavy-chain variable (VH) and light-chain variable (VL) regions connected by a small peptide linker.
- Another form of diabody is a single-chain (Fv)2 in which two scFv fragments are covalently linked to each other.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecules in various embodiments, comprise one or more antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof disclosed herein.
- the surrogate comprises two polypeptides, wherein each polypeptide comprises an Nab or scFv that binds at least one first co-receptor and an Nab or scFv that binds at least one second co-receptor, optionally wherein one of the binding domains is an scFv and the other is an Nab.
- a surrogate comprises three polypeptides, wherein the first polypeptide comprises an antibody heavy chain and the second polypeptide comprises an antibody light chain, wherein the antibody heavy chain and light chain bind either receptor, and wherein the third polypeptide comprises a VHH/sdAb fused to a heavy chain Fc region or the light chain of the antibody, wherein the VHH/sdAb binds to either co-receptor.
- the surrogates comprise four polypeptides, including two heavy chain polypeptides and two light chain polypeptides, wherein the two heavy chains and two light chains bind one or more first receptor, and further comprise one or more VHH/sdAb or scFv fused to one or more of the heavy chains and/or light chains, wherein the VHH/sdAb or scFv binds to one or more second co-receptor.
- a WNT surrogate comprises at least four polypeptides, including two heavy chain polypeptides and two light chain polypeptides that bind either LRP5/6 or one or more FZDs, wherein the WNT surrogate further comprises a Fab that binds either LRP5/6 or one or more FZDs.
- the Fab may comprise two polypeptides, each fused to one of the two heavy chain polypeptides, and two polypeptides, each fused to one of the two light chain polypeptides, or it may comprise two polypeptides each fused to one of the two heavy chain polypeptides and two additional polypeptides, each bound to one of the two polypeptides fused to the heavy chain polypeptides, thus making a second Fab.
- Other configurations disclosed herein may be used to produce different multicomponent polypeptide molecules.
- Ig molecules where the VL and VH domains of one Ig are appended with the VL and VH domains of a second antibody.
- This format is call Fv-Ig or 2Fv- Ig for a homodimer.
- the VL and VH domains from the second Ig are appended to the N- terminus of the VL and VH domains of the first Ig via short peptide linkers.
- This format preserves the natural antibody’s avidity to cell surface receptors or to more than one receptor or co-receptor complexes (see, e.g., Wu, et al (2007) Nature Biotechnol. 25: 1290-1297).
- the antigen binding formats are multicomponent polypeptide molecules that comprise one or more polypeptides comprising two or more binding regions.
- the two or more binding regions may be a first receptor binding regions or a second receptor binding regions, or they may comprise one or more first receptor binding region and one or more second receptor binding region.
- the binding regions may be directly joined or contiguous, or may be separated by a linker, e.g. a polypeptide linker, or a non-peptidic linker, etc.
- the length of the linker, and therefore the spacing between the binding domains can be used to modulate the signal strength, and can be selected depending on the desired use of the multicomponent polypeptide molecule.
- the enforced distance between binding domains can vary, but in certain embodiments may be less than about 100 angstroms, less than about 90 angstroms, less than about 80 angstroms, less than about 70 angstroms, less than about 60 angstroms, or less than about 50 angstroms.
- the linker is a rigid linker, in other embodiments the linker is a flexible linker.
- the linker may be from about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more amino acids in length, and is of sufficient length and amino acid composition to enforce the distance between binding domains.
- the linker comprises or consists of one or more glycine and/or serine residues.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecule can be multimerized, e.g., through an Fc domain, by concatenation, coiled coils, polypeptide zippers, biotin/avidin or streptavidin multimerization, and the like.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecules can also be joined to a moiety such as PEG, Fc, etc., as known in the art to enhance stability in vivo.
- a multicomponent polypeptide molecule enhances or increases the co-receptors pathway signaling, e.g., in the case of WNT - P-catenin signaling, by at least 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 100%, 110%, 150%, 200%, 250%, 300%, 400% or 500%, as compared to the P- catenin signaling induced by a neutral substance or negative control as measured in an assay described above, for example as measured in the TOPFIash assay (see, e.g., Molinaar (1996) Cell 86:391-399). A negative control may be included in these assays.
- WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecules may enhance P-catenin signaling by a factor of 2x, 5x, lOx, lOOx, lOOOx, lOOOOx or more as compared to the activity in the absence of the WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule when measured, for example when measured in the TOPFIash assay.
- functional properties of the multicomponent polypeptide molecules may be assessed using a variety of methods known to the skilled person, including e.g., affinity/binding assays (for example, surface plasmon resonance, competitive inhibition assays), cytotoxicity assays, cell viability assays, cell proliferation or differentiation assays in response to the native molecule/ligand, cancer cell and/or tumor growth inhibition using in vitro or in vivo models, including but not limited to any described herein.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecules may also be tested for effects on one or both co-receptor internalization, in vitro and in vivo efficacy, etc.
- Such assays may be performed using well-established protocols known to the skilled person (see e.g., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Greene Publ. Assoc. Inc. & John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY, NY); Current Protocols in Immunology (Edited by: John E. Coligan, Ada M. Kruisbeek, David H. Margulies, Ethan M. Shevach, Warren Strober 2001 John Wiley & Sons, NY, NY); or commercially available kits.
- a binding region of a multicomponent polypeptide molecule comprises one or more of the CDRs of the anti-co-receptor antibodies.
- a multicomponent polypeptide molecule e.g., an antigen-binding fragment of an anti-FZD antibody
- it has been shown in some cases that the transfer of only the VHCDR3 of an antibody can be performed while still retaining desired specific binding Barbas et al., PNAS (1995) 92: 2529-2533. See also, McLane et al., PNAS (1995) 92:5214- 5218, Barbas et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1994) 116:2161-2162).
- Also disclosed herein is a method for obtaining an antibody or antigen binding domain specific for a co-receptor, the method comprising providing by way of addition, deletion, substitution or insertion of one or more amino acids in the amino acid sequence of a VH domain set out herein or a VH domain which is an amino acid sequence variant of the VH domain, optionally combining the VH domain thus provided with one or more VL domains, and testing the VH domain or VH/VL combination or combinations to identify a specific binding member or an antibody antigen binding domain specific for one or more co-receptors and optionally with one or more desired properties.
- the VL domains may have an amino acid sequence which is substantially as set out herein.
- An analogous method may be employed in which one or more sequence variants of a VL domain disclosed herein are combined with one or more VH domains.
- Immunological binding generally refers to the non-covalent interactions of the type which occur between an immunoglobulin molecule and an antigen for which the immunoglobulin is specific, for example by way of illustration and not limitation, as a result of electrostatic, ionic, hydrophilic and/or hydrophobic attractions or repulsion, steric forces, hydrogen bonding, van der Waals forces, and other interactions.
- the strength, or affinity of immunological binding interactions can be expressed in terms of the dissociation constant (Kd) of the interaction, wherein a smaller Kd represents a greater affinity.
- Immunological binding properties of selected polypeptides can be quantified using methods well known in the art.
- One such method entails measuring the rates of antigen-binding site/antigen complex formation and dissociation, wherein those rates depend on the concentrations of the complex partners, the affinity of the interaction, and on geometric parameters that equally influence the rate in both directions.
- both the "on rate constant” (Kon) and the “off rate constant” (Koff) can be determined by calculation of the concentrations and the actual rates of association and dissociation.
- the ratio of Koff /Kon enables cancellation of all parameters not related to affinity, and is thus equal to the dissociation constant Kd. See, generally, Davies et al. (1990) Annual Rev. Biochem. 59:439-473.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecules or binding regions thereof described herein have an affinity of less than about 10,000, less than about 1000, less than about 100, less than about 10, less than about 1 or less than about 0.1 nM, and in some embodiments, the antibodies may have even higher affinity for one or more coreceptors.
- the constant regions of immunoglobulins show less sequence diversity than the variable regions, and are responsible for binding a number of natural proteins to elicit important biochemical events.
- IgA which includes subclasses IgAl and IgA2
- IgD which includes subclasses IgAl and IgA2
- IgD which includes subclasses IgAl and IgA2
- IgD which includes subclasses IgAl, IgE
- IgG which includes subclasses IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4
- IgM immunoglobulins
- the distinguishing features between these antibody classes are their constant regions, although subtler differences may exist in the V region.
- the Fc region of an antibody interacts with a number of Fc receptors and ligands, imparting an array of important functional capabilities referred to as effector functions.
- the Fc region comprises Ig domains CH2 and CH3 and the N-terminal hinge leading into CH2.
- An important family of Fc receptors for the IgG class are the Fc gamma receptors (FcyRs). These receptors mediate communication between antibodies and the cellular arm of the immune system (Raghavan et al., 1996, Annu Rev Cell Dev Biol 12: 181- 220; Ravetch et al., 2001, Annu Rev Immunol 19:275-290).
- this protein family includes FcyRI (CD64), including isoforms FcyRIa, FcyRIb, and FcyRIc; FcyRII (CD32), including isoforms FcyRIIa (including allotypes H131 and R131), FcyRIIb (including FcyRIIb-1 and FcyRIIb-2), and FcyRIIc; and FcyRIII (CD16), including isoforms FcyRIIIa (including allotypes V158 and F158) and FcyRIIIb (including allotypes FcyRIIIb-NAl and FcyRIIIb-NA2) (Jefferis et al., 2002, Immunol Lett 82:57-65).
- These receptors typically have an extracellular domain that mediates binding to Fc, a membrane spanning region, and an intracellular domain that may mediate some signaling event within the cell. These receptors are expressed in a variety of immune cells including monocytes, macrophages, neutrophils, dendritic cells, eosinophils, mast cells, platelets, B cells, large granular lymphocytes, Langerhans' cells, natural killer (NK) cells, and T cells. Formation of the Fc/FcyR complex recruits these effector cells to sites of bound antigen, typically resulting in signaling events within the cells and important subsequent immune responses such as release of inflammation mediators, B cell activation, endocytosis, phagocytosis, and cytotoxic attack.
- NK natural killer
- ADCC antibody dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity
- ADCP antibody dependent cell-mediated phagocytosis
- the different IgG subclasses have different affinities for the FcyRs, with IgGl and IgG3 typically binding substantially better to the receptors than IgG2 and IgG4 (Jefferis et al., 2002, Immunol Lett 82:57-65). All FcyRs bind the same region on IgG Fc, yet with different affinities: the high affinity binder FcyRI has a Kd for IgGl of 10' 8 M’ 1 , whereas the low affinity receptors FcyRII and FcyRIII generally bind at 10' 6 and 10' 5 respectively.
- FcyRIIIa and FcyRIIIb are 96% identical; however, FcyRIIIb does not have an intracellular signaling domain.
- FcyRI, FcyRIIa/c, and FcyRIIIa are positive regulators of immune complex-triggered activation, characterized by having an intracellular domain that has an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif (ITAM)
- FcyRIIb has an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motif (ITIM) and is therefore inhibitory.
- IITAM immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif
- ITIM immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motif
- the receptors also differ in expression pattern and levels on different immune cells.
- V158 allotype respond favorably to rituximab treatment; however, subjects with the lower affinity F158 allotype respond poorly (Cartron et al., 2002, Blood 99:754-758). Approximately 10-20% of humans are VI 58/VI 58 homozygous, 45% are V158/F158 heterozygous, and 35-45% of humans are F158/F158 homozygous (Lehrnbecher et al., 1999, Blood 94:4220-4232; Cartron et al., 2002, Blood 99:754-758). Thus 80-90% of humans are poor responders,, they have at least one allele of the Fl 58 FcyRIIIa.
- the Fc region is also involved in activation of the complement cascade.
- Cl binds with its Clq subunits to Fc fragments of IgG or IgM, which has formed a complex with antigen(s).
- modifications to the Fc region comprise modifications that alter (either enhance or decrease) the ability of a FZD-specific antibody as described herein to activate the complement system (see e.g., U.S. Patent 7,740,847).
- CDC complement-dependent cytotoxicity
- the present invention provides the multicomponent polypeptide molecules having a modified Fc region with altered functional properties, such as reduced or enhanced CDC, ADCC, or ADCP activity, or enhanced binding affinity for a specific FcyR or increased serum half-life.
- modified Fc regions contemplated herein are described, for example, in issued U.S. Patents 7,317,091; 7,657,380; 7,662,925; 6,538,124; 6,528,624; 7,297,775; 7,364,731; Published U.S. Applications US2009092599; US20080131435; US20080138344; and published International Applications
- the Fc region can be important for proper assembly of the msAb.
- modifications to the CH3 domain such as knobs-in-hole (see, e.g., W01996/027011; and WO1998/050431) or Azymetric mutations (see, e.g., WO2012/58768) can prevent heavy chain mispairing.
- the present invention utilizes these mutations in certain Fc embodiments.
- the multicomponent molecules disclosed herein may also be modified to include an epitope tag or label, e.g., for use in purification or diagnostic applications.
- an epitope tag or label e.g., for use in purification or diagnostic applications.
- linking groups known in the art for making antibody conjugates, including, for example, those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020 or EP Patent 0 425 235 Bl, and Chari et al., Cancer Research 52: 127-131 (1992).
- the linking groups include disulfide groups, thioether groups, acid labile groups, photolabile groups, peptidase labile groups, or esterase labile groups, as disclosed in the above-identified patents, disulfide and thioether groups being preferred.
- antigen- binding fragments thereof against one coreceptor and/or antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof against the other co-receptor present within a multicomponent polypeptide molecule are monoclonal. In certain embodiments, they are humanized.
- the present invention further provides in certain embodiments an isolated nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide present in a multicomponent polypeptide molecule.
- Nucleic acids include DNA and RNA. These and related embodiments may include polynucleotides encoding antibody fragments that bind one or more co-receptors.
- isolated polynucleotide shall mean a polynucleotide of genomic, cDNA, or synthetic origin, or some combination thereof, which by virtue of its origin, the isolated polynucleotide: (1) is not associated with all or a portion of a polynucleotide in which the isolated polynucleotide is found in nature; (2) is linked to a polynucleotide to which it is not linked in nature, or (3) does not occur in nature as part of a larger sequence.
- An isolated polynucleotide may include naturally occurring and/or artificial sequences.
- polynucleotides may include genomic sequences, extra-genomic and plasmid-encoded sequences and smaller engineered gene segments that express, or may be adapted to express, proteins, polypeptides, peptides and the like. Such segments may be naturally isolated, or modified synthetically by the skilled person.
- polynucleotides may be singlestranded (coding or antisense) or double-stranded, and may be DNA (genomic, cDNA or synthetic) or RNA molecules.
- RNA molecules may include HnRNA molecules, which contain introns and correspond to a DNA molecule in a one-to-one manner, and mRNA molecules, which do not contain introns. Additional coding or non-coding sequences may, but need not, be present within a polynucleotide according to the present disclosure, and a polynucleotide may, but need not, be linked to other molecules and/or support materials.
- Polynucleotides may comprise a native sequence or may comprise a sequence that encodes a variant or derivative of such a sequence.
- nucleotide sequences that encodes an antibody as described herein. Some of these polynucleotides bear minimal sequence identity to the nucleotide sequence of the native or original polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide within a multicomponent polypeptide molecule. Nonetheless, polynucleotides that vary due to differences in codon usage are expressly contemplated by the present disclosure. In certain embodiments, sequences that have been codon- optimized for mammalian expression are specifically contemplated.
- a mutagenesis approach such as site-specific mutagenesis, may be employed for the preparation of variants and/or derivatives of the polypeptides described herein.
- site-specific mutagenesis By this approach, specific modifications in a polypeptide sequence can be made through mutagenesis of the underlying polynucleotides that encode them.
- Site-specific mutagenesis allows the production of mutants through the use of specific oligonucleotide sequences which encode the DNA sequence of the desired mutation, as well as a sufficient number of adjacent nucleotides, to provide a primer sequence of sufficient size and sequence complexity to form a stable duplex on both sides of the deletion junction being traversed. Mutations may be employed in a selected polynucleotide sequence to improve, alter, decrease, modify, or otherwise change the properties of the polynucleotide itself, and/or alter the properties, activity, composition, stability, or primary sequence of the encoded polypeptide.
- the inventors contemplate the mutagenesis of the polynucleotide sequences that encode a polypeptide present in a multicomponent polypeptide molecule, to alter one or more properties of the encoded polypeptide, such as the binding affinity, or the function of a particular Fc region, or the affinity of the Fc region for a particular FcyR.
- the techniques of site-specific mutagenesis are well-known in the art, and are widely used to create variants of both polypeptides and polynucleotides.
- site- specific mutagenesis is often used to alter a specific portion of a DNA molecule.
- a primer comprising typically about 14 to about 25 nucleotides or so in length is employed, with about 5 to about 10 residues on both sides of the junction of the sequence being altered.
- site-specific mutagenesis techniques have often employed a phage vector that exists in both a single stranded and double stranded form.
- Typical vectors useful in site- directed mutagenesis include vectors such as the M13 phage. These phages are readily commercially-available and their use is generally well- known to those skilled in the art.
- Double-stranded plasmids are also routinely employed in site directed mutagenesis that eliminates the step of transferring the gene of interest from a plasmid to a phage.
- sequence variants of the selected peptide- encoding DNA segments using site-directed mutagenesis provides a means of producing potentially useful species and is not meant to be limiting as there are other ways in which sequence variants of peptides and the DNA sequences encoding them may be obtained.
- recombinant vectors encoding the desired peptide sequence may be treated with mutagenic agents, such as hydroxylamine, to obtain sequence variants.
- mutagenic agents such as hydroxylamine
- one or more nucleic acids encoding a polypeptide of multicomponent WNT molecule are introduced directly into a host cell, and the cell incubated under conditions sufficient to induce expression of the encoded polypeptides.
- the surrogate polypeptides of this disclosure may be prepared using standard techniques well known to those of skill in the art in combination with the polypeptide and nucleic acid sequences provided herein.
- the polypeptide sequences may be used to determine appropriate nucleic acid sequences encoding the particular polypeptide disclosed thereby.
- the nucleic acid sequence may be optimized to reflect particular codon "preferences" for various expression systems according to standard methods well known to those of skill in the art.
- a recombinant host cell which comprises one or more constructs as described herein, e.g., a vector comprising a nucleic acid encoding a multicomponent polypeptide molecule or polypeptide thereof; and a method of production of the encoded product, which method comprises expression from encoding nucleic acid therefor.
- Expression may conveniently be achieved by culturing under appropriate conditions recombinant host cells containing the nucleic acid.
- an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof may be isolated and/or purified using any suitable technique, and then used as desired.
- Polypeptides, and encoding nucleic acid molecules and vectors may be isolated and/or purified, e.g. from their natural environment, in substantially pure or homogeneous form, or, in the case of nucleic acid, free or substantially free of nucleic acid or genes of origin other than the sequence encoding a polypeptide with the desired function.
- Nucleic acid may comprise DNA or RNA and may be wholly or partially synthetic. Reference to a nucleotide sequence as set out herein encompasses a DNA molecule with the specified sequence, and encompasses a RNA molecule with the specified sequence in which U is substituted for T, unless context requires otherwise.
- Suitable host cells include bacteria, mammalian cells, yeast and baculovirus systems.
- Mammalian cell lines available in the art for expression of a heterologous polypeptide include Chinese hamster ovary cells, HeLa cells, baby hamster kidney cells, NSO mouse melanoma cells and many others.
- a common, preferred bacterial host is E. coli.
- polypeptides e.g., antibodies and antigen- binding fragments thereof
- prokaryotic cells such as E. coli
- expression in eukaryotic cells in culture is also available to those skilled in the art as an option for production of antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof, see recent reviews, for example Ref, M. E. (1993) Curr. Opinion Biotech. 4: 573-576; Trill J. J. et al. (1995) Curr. Opinion Biotech 6: 553-560.
- Suitable vectors can be chosen or constructed, containing appropriate regulatory sequences, including promoter sequences, terminator sequences, polyadenylation sequences, enhancer sequences, marker genes and other sequences as appropriate.
- Vectors may be plasmids, viral e.g. phage, or phagemid, as appropriate.
- plasmids viral e.g. phage, or phagemid, as appropriate.
- Many known techniques and protocols for manipulation of nucleic acid for example in preparation of nucleic acid constructs, mutagenesis, sequencing, introduction of DNA into cells and gene expression, and analysis of proteins, are described in detail in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Second Edition, Ausubel et al. eds., John Wiley & Sons, 1992, or subsequent updates thereto.
- the present invention also provides, in certain embodiments, a method which comprises using a construct as stated above in an expression system in order to express a particular polypeptide such as a WNT chimeric activator molecule.
- a construct as stated above in an expression system in order to express a particular polypeptide such as a WNT chimeric activator molecule.
- transduction is used to refer to the transfer of genes from one bacterium to another, usually by a phage.
- amino acid sequence modification(s) of any of the polypeptides described herein are contemplated. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the multicomponent polypeptide molecule.
- amino acid sequence variants of a multicomponent polypeptide molecule may be prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into a polynucleotide that encodes the antibody, or a chain thereof, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or insertions into and/or substitutions of, residues within the amino acid sequences of the antibody.
- any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution may be made to arrive at the final multicomponent polypeptide molecule, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics (e.g., high affinity binding to one or more co-receptors).
- the amino acid changes also may alter post-translational processes of the antibody, such as changing the number or position of glycosylation sites. Any of the variations and modifications described above for polypeptides of the present invention may be included in antibodies of the present invention.
- the present disclosure provides variants of any of the polypeptides (e.g., multicomponent molecule, multicomponent polypeptide molecules, or antibodies or antigenbinding fragments thereof) disclosed herein.
- a variant has at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity to a polypeptide disclosed herein.
- such variant polypeptides bind to one or more first co-receptors, and/or to one or more second co-receptors, at least about 50%, at least about 70%, and in certain embodiments, at least about 90% as well as a t multicomponent polypeptide molecule specifically set forth herein.
- such variant multicomponent polypeptide molecules bind to one or more first co-receptor, and/or to one or more second co-receptor, with greater affinity than the multicomponent polypeptide molecules set forth herein, for example, that bind quantitatively at least about 105%, 106%, 107%, 108%, 109%, or 110% as well as an antibody sequence specifically set forth herein.
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecule or a binding region thereof may comprise: a) a heavy chain variable region comprising: i. a CDR1 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the heavy chain CDR1 region of a selected antibody described herein; ii. a CDR2 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the heavy chain CDR2 region of the selected antibody; and iii. a CDR3 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the heavy chain CDR3 region of the selected antibody; and/or b) a light chain variable domain comprising: i.
- the antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof is a variant antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof wherein the variant comprises a heavy and light chain identical to the selected antibody except for up to 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or more total amino acid substitutions in the CDR regions of the VH and VL regions.
- substitutions may be in CDRs either in the VH and/or the VL regions. (See e.g., Muller, 1998, Structure 6: 1153- 1167).
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecule or a binding region thereof may have: a) a heavy chain variable region having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80% identical, at least 95% identical, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 98% or 99% identical, to the heavy chain variable region of an antibody or antigen- binding fragments thereof described herein; and/or b) a light chain variable region having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80% identical, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 98% or 99% identical, to the light chain variable region of an antibody or antigen-binding fragments thereof described herein.
- a polypeptide has a certain percent "sequence identity" to another polypeptide, meaning that, when aligned, that percentage of amino acids are the same when comparing the two sequences. Sequence similarity can be determined in a number of different manners. To determine sequence identity, sequences can be aligned using the methods and computer programs, including BLAST, available over the world wide web at ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/BLAST/. Another alignment algorithm is FASTA, available in the Genetics Computing Group (GCG) package, from Madison, Wis., USA, a wholly owned subsidiary of Oxford Molecular Group, Inc. Other techniques for alignment are described in Methods in Enzymology, vol.
- GCG Genetics Computing Group
- the program has default parameters determined by the sequences inputted to be compared.
- the sequence identity is determined using the default parameters determined by the program. This program is available also from Genetics Computing Group (GCG) package, from Madison, Wis., USA.
- GCG Genetics Computing Group
- the multicomponent polypeptide molecule or a binding region thereof may comprise: a) a heavy chain variable region comprising: i.
- a CDR1 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the heavy chain CDR1 region of a selected antibody described herein; ii. a CDR2 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the heavy chain CDR2 region of the selected antibody; and iii. a CDR3 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the heavy chain CDR3 region of the selected antibody; and b) a light chain variable domain comprising: i. a CDR1 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the light chain CDR1 region of the selected antibody; ii. a CDR2 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the light chain CDR2 region of the selected antibody; and iii.
- the antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof is a variant antibody wherein the variant comprises a heavy and light chain identical to the selected antibody except for up to 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or more amino acid substitutions in the CDR regions of the VH and VL regions.
- the variant comprises a heavy and light chain identical to the selected antibody except for up to 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or more amino acid substitutions in the CDR regions of the VH and VL regions.
- substitutions may be in CDRs either in the VH and/or the VL regions. (See e.g., Muller, 1998, Structure 6: 1153-1167).
- Determination of the three-dimensional structures of representative polypeptides may be made through routine methodologies such that substitution, addition, deletion or insertion of one or more amino acids with selected natural or non-natural amino acids can be virtually modeled for purposes of determining whether a so derived structural variant retains the space-filling properties of presently disclosed species. See, for instance, Donate et al., 1994 Prot. Sci.
- VMD is a molecular visualization program for displaying, animating, and analyzing large biomolecular systems using 3-D graphics and built-in scripting (see the website for the Theoretical and Computational Biophysics Group, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champagne, at ks.uiuc.edu/Research/vmd/.
- WNT Enhancers WNT Signal Enhancing Molecules
- a multicomponent WNT molecule possesses at least one FZD binding domain, at least one LRP binding domain, and at least one bridging molecule; the WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule modulates WNT signaling.
- the binding domains bind to their target when the target is present on the cell surface, e.g., they may bind to an epitope within the extracellular domain of their target.
- the multicomponent WNT molecule possesses two FZD binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule; two LRP binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a second epitope at least one different antigen binding domain molecule; and, the tethering of the FZD and LRP binding domains to the bridging molecule forms a WNT mimetic capable of activating WNT signaling.
- the multicomponent WNT molecule possesses the binding domain specific for a first epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD binding domain are joined directly or by a linker, the binding domain specific for a second epitope of the bridging molecule and the LRP binding domain are joined directly, or by a linker, and the binding domain of the first epitope and second epitope of the bridging molecule are identical or different.
- the multicomponent WNT molecule possess at least one FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to at least one different antigen binding domain by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule, at least one FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to at least one different antigen binding domain by a binding domain specific for a second epitope on the bridging molecule, and the tethering of the FZD and LRP binding domains to the bridging receptor forms a WNT mimetic capable of activating WNT signaling.
- the multicomponent WNT molecule possesses the binding domain specific for a first epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD binding domain are joined directly or by a linker, and the binding domain specific for a second epitope of the bridging molecule and the LRP binding domain are joined directly, or by a linker, wherein the binding domain of the first epitope and second epitope of the bridging molecule are identical or different, and could monomeric or multimeric.
- Specific cell types and cells within specific tissue may comprise one or more cell- or tissue-specific surface molecule, such as a cell surface receptor.
- the molecule is said to be cell- or tissue-specific if a greater amount of the molecule is present on the specific cell or tissue type as compared to one or more other cell or tissue types, or any other cell or tissue type.
- the greater amount is at least two-fold, at least five-fold, at least 10-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 50-fold, or at least 100-fold as compared to the amount in the one or more other cell or tissue types, or any other cell or tissue type.
- the cell-specific surface molecule has increased or enhanced expression on a target organ, tissue or cell type, e.g., an organ, tissue or cell type in which it is desirous to enhance WNT signaling, e.g., to treat or prevent a disease or disorder, e.g., as compared to one or more other non-targeted organs, tissues or cell types.
- the cellspecific surface molecule is preferentially expressed on the surface of the target organ, tissue or cell type as compared to one or more other organ, tissue or cell types, respectively.
- a cell surface receptor is considered to be a tissue-specific or cell-specific cell surface molecule if it is expressed at levels at least two-fold, at least fivefold, at least 10-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 30-fold, at least 40-fold, at least 50-fold, at least 100-fold, at least 500-fold, or at least 1000-fold higher in the target organ, tissue or cell than it is expressed in one or more, five or more, all other organs, tissues or cells, or an average of all other organs, tissue or cells, respectively.
- the tissue-specific or cellspecific cell surface molecule is a cell surface receptor, e.g., a polypeptide receptor comprising a region located within the cell surface membrane and an extracellular region to which the targeting module can bind.
- the methods described herein may be practiced by specifically targeting cell surface molecules that are only expressed on the target tissue or a subset of tissues including the target tissue, or by specifically targeting cell surface molecules that have higher levels of expression on the target tissue as compared to all, most, or a substantial number of other tissues, e.g., higher expression on the target tissue than on at least two, at least five, at least ten, or at least twenty other tissues.
- the targeted tissue may be bound by a targeting module, e.g., a binding domain that specifically binds to the tissue specific receptor.
- the targeted tissue may be any tissue, e.g., any mammalian tissue or cell type. In certain embodiments, the targeted tissue may be present in any organ.
- the target tissue is bone tissue, liver tissue, skin tissue, stomach tissue, intestine tissue, oral mucosa tissue, kidney tissue, central nervous system tissue, mammary gland tissue, taste bud tissue, ovary tissue, inner ear tissue (including cochlear and vestibular tissues), hair follicles, pancreas tissue, retina tissue, cornea tissue, heart tissue or lung tissue, and the targeting module binds to a tissue-specific cell surface molecule (e.g., a cell surface receptor) preferentially expressed on bone tissue, liver tissue, skin tissue, stomach tissue, intestine tissue, oral mucosa tissue, kidney tissue, central nervous system tissue, mammary gland tissue, taste bud tissue, ovary tissue, inner ear tissue (including cochlear and vestibular tissues), hair follicles, pancreas tissue, retina tissue, cornea tissue, heart tissue or lung tissue, respectively.
- a tissue-specific cell surface molecule e.g., a cell surface receptor
- the targeting module may bind to any cell type, e.g., any cell within any tissue, organ or animal, including but not limited to mammals, such as humans.
- the tissue-specific WNT surrogate-signal enhancing combination molecule binds to specific cell types, e.g., specific cell types associated with a target tissue.
- the targeting module may bind to hepatocytes, precursors and stem cells of hepatocytes, biliary tract cells, and/or endothelial or other vascular cells. Examples of liver specific targeting molecules are provided, e.g., in WO 2018/140821 and WO 2020/014271, both of which are incorporated by reference herein.
- the targeting module may bind osteoblasts, precursors of osteoblasts, mesenchymal stem cells, stem cells and precursor cells that give rise to bone, cartilage and/or other cells present in bone tissue.
- Cell types present in various tissues including but not limited to the tissues described herein, are known in the art, and in various embodiments, the tissue specific WNT signal enhancing molecules described herein may bind any of them.
- the multicomponent targeting molecule for example FZD molecule, LRP molecule, and the bridging molecule
- a linker e.g., a polypeptide linker, or a non-peptidyl linker, etc.
- a linker is an Fc linker, e.g., a region of an antibody Fc domain capable of dimerizing with another Fc linker, e.g., via one or more disulfide bonds.
- a linker is albumin, e.g., human serum albumin, where the targeting and action modules are on the N- and C- termini of albumin.
- the linker is made up of amino acids linked together by peptide bonds.
- the linker comprises, in length, from 1 up to about 40 amino acid residues, from 1 up to about 20 amino acid residues, or from 1 to about 10 amino acid residues.
- the amino acid residues in the linker are from among the twenty canonical amino acids, and in certain embodiments, selected from cysteine, glycine, alanine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and/or serine.
- a linker comprises one or more non-natural amino acids.
- a peptidyl linker is made up of a majority of amino acids that are sterically unhindered, such as glycine, serine, and alanine linked by a peptide bond.
- Certain linkers include polyglycines, polyserines, and polyalanines, or combinations of any of these.
- Some exemplary peptidyl linkers are poly(Gly)l-8, particularly (Gly)3, (Gly)4 (SEQ ID NO: 14), (Gly)5 (SEQ ID NO: 15), (Gly)6 (SEQ ID NO: 16), (Gly)7 (SEQ ID NO: 17), and (Gly)8 (SEQ ID NO: 18) as well as, poly(Gly)4 Ser (SEQ ID NO: 19), poly(Gly-Ala)2 (SEQ ID NO: 20), poly(Gly-Ala)3 (SEQ ID NO: 21), poly(Gly-Ala)4 (SEQ ID NO: 22) and poly(Ala)l-8 (SEQ ID NO: 23-27).
- peptidyl linkers include (Gly)5Lys (SEQ ID NO: 28), and (Gly)5LysArg (SEQ ID NO: 29).
- (Gly)3Lys(Gly)4 means Gly-Gly-Gly-Lys-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly (SEQ ID NO: 30).
- Other combinations of Gly and Ala are also useful.
- a peptidyl linker can also comprise a non-peptidyl segment such as a 6 carbon aliphatic molecule of the formula —CH2—CH2— CH2— CH2— CH2— CH2— .
- the peptidyl linkers can be altered to form derivatives as described herein.
- Non-peptide portions of the inventive composition of matter, such as non-peptidyl linkers or non-peptide half-life extending moieties can be synthesized by conventional organic chemistry reactions.
- Chemical groups that find use in linking binding domains include carbamate; amide (amine plus carboxylic acid); ester (alcohol plus carboxylic acid), thioether (haloalkane plus sulfhydryl; maleimide plus sulfhydryl), Schiff s base (amine plus aldehyde), urea (amine plus isocyanate), thiourea (amine plus isothiocyanate), sulfonamide (amine plus sulfonyl chloride), disulfide; hydrazone, lipids, and the like, as known in the art.
- the linkage between domains may comprise spacers, e.g. alkyl spacers, which may be linear or branched, usually linear, and may include one or more unsaturated bonds; usually having from one to about 300 carbon atoms; more usually from about one to 25 carbon atoms; and may be from about three to 12 carbon atoms.
- Spacers of this type may also comprise heteroatoms or functional groups, including amines, ethers, phosphodiesters, and the like.
- linkers may include polyethylene glycol, which may be linear or branched.
- the domains may be joined through a homo- or heterobifunctional linker.
- Illustrative entities include: azidobenzoyl hydrazide, N-[4-(p- azidosalicylamino)butyl]-3'-[2'-pyridyldithio]propionamide), bis-sulfosuccinimidyl suberate, dimethyladipimidate, disuccinimidyltartrate, N-y-maleimidobutyryloxysuccinimide ester, N- hydroxy sulfosuccinimidyl-4-azidobenzoate, N-succinimidyl [4-azidophenyl]-l,3'- dithiopropi onate, N-succinimidyl [4-iodoacetyl]aminobenzoate, glutaraldehyde, NHS-PEG- MAL; succinimidyl
- reagents useful include: homobifunctional cross-linking reagents including bismaleimidohexane ("BMH"); p,p'-difluoro-m,m'-dinitrodiphenylsulfone (which forms irreversible cross-linkages with amino and phenolic groups); dimethyl adipimidate (which is specific for amino groups); phenol- 1,4-disulfonylchloride (which reacts principally with amino groups); hexamethylenediisocyanate or diisothiocyanate, or azophenyl -p-diisocyanate (which reacts principally with amino groups); disdiazobenzidine (which reacts primarily with tyrosine and histidine); O-benzotriazolyloxy tetramethuluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), dicyclohexyl carbodiimde, bromo-tris (pyrrolidino) phospho
- the present invention encompasses a novel concept to achieve cell targeting for ligand/receptor systems that involves multicomponent receptor complexes, where a productive signaling competent receptor complex formation is mediated through a “bridging element”, using “chimeric activator” approach based on the cooperativity concept.
- a productive signaling competent receptor complex formation is mediated through a “bridging element”, using “chimeric activator” approach based on the cooperativity concept.
- the “targeting element” helps to increase the local concentration of the mutant “activity element” on the desired target cell surface, driving engagement of signaling receptor and subsequent intracellular signaling activation, effectively left shift the activity dose response curve (increase potency) on target cell and create the selectivity between target vs non-target cells.
- WNT pathway is highly conserved across species and crucial for embryonic development, and adult tissue homeostasis and regeneration (Nusse and Clevers, 2017).
- WNT induced signaling through P-catenin stabilization has been widely studied and is achieved by ligand binding to frizzled (FZD) and low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein (LRP) family of receptors.
- FZD frizzled
- LRP low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein
- WNTs are highly hydrophobic due to lipidation that is required for function and are promiscuous, capable of binding and activating multiple FZD and LRP pairs (Janda et al., 2012, Kadowaki et al., 1996, Dijksterhuis et al., 2015). Elucidating the functions of individual FZDs in tissues has been hampered by difficulties in producing the ligands and lack of receptor and tissue selectivity. Recent breakthroughs in the development of WNT -mimetic molecules have largely resolved the production and receptor specificity challenges (Janda et al., 2017, Chen et al., 2020, Tao et al., 2019, Miao et al., 2020). While tissue selectivity could be partly achieved by tissue injury as damaged tissues seem more sensitive to WNTs (Xie et al., 2022), it would still represent a significant technical advancement to be able to target WNTs to specific cells and tissues.
- Cell specificity could be achieved by attaching an “targeting element” (capable of binding to another cell surface receptor, called a bridging receptor or bridging molecule here) to these three inactive molecules, and signaling competent receptor complexes consisting of two FZDs and two LRPs could then be assemble via the bridging receptor on the target cell surface.
- a targeting element capable of binding to another cell surface receptor, called a bridging receptor or bridging molecule here
- signaling competent receptor complexes consisting of two FZDs and two LRPs could then be assemble via the bridging receptor on the target cell surface.
- Fig. 1A shows one optimized design for a WNT mimetic that is a tetravalent bispecific antibody-based molecule. It is important to highlight that efficient WNT/p-catenin signaling requires two FZD binding domains and two LRP binding domains in one molecule (Chen et al., 2020).
- Fig. IB shows a cell targeted WNT mimetic based on the “chimeric activator” concept where an “targeting element” is tethered to the WNT mimetic. These molecules are representative illustrations, orientations and attachment locations of the different elements can be varied. The adjustments of the affinities of the different binding components can influence the separation between targeting vs non-targeting cells.
- Figures 1C-1E show the cell targeting approach using the bridging receptor concept.
- the first step of this concept is to split the active molecule into inactive components.
- the first method is to split the tetraval ent WNT mimetic into one molecule having two FZD binding arms (2:0) and a second molecule having two LRP binding arms (0:2) (Fig. 1C-1E).
- These two inactive components can be assembled by a cell specific bridging receptor in several ways. If the bridging receptor exists as a monomer, as depicted in Fig.
- each separate molecule could be tethered to a “bridging element” binding to a different epitope on the bridging receptor, creating a final receptor complex on the cell surface consisting of two FZDs and two LRPs that would be competent to trigger signaling.
- the two different “bridging elements” could also be tethered to the two separate FZD and LRP binders as depicted in Fig. ID for the assembly of the active receptor complex on the cell surface. If the bridging receptor exists as a multimeric complex of its own, a single “bridging element” could be tethered to the two different FZD and LRP molecules as depicted in Fig. IE.
- Figures 1F-1H show the method to split the tetravalent WNT mimetic is to split into two identical 1 : 1 molecules that consists of one FZD binding arm and one LRP binding arm. Similar to the scenario in Fig. 1C, if the bridging receptor exists as a monomer, two “bridging elements” binding to two different epitopes on the bridging receptor could be tethered to two separate 1 : 1 “activity element”, which can then assemble via bridging receptor to create a competent productive signaling complex (Fig. IF). The two different “bridging elements” could also be tethered together to the one 1 : 1 “activity element” (Fig. 1G). Unlike the scenarios shown in Fig. 1C, if the bridging receptor exists as a monomer, two “bridging elements” binding to two different epitopes on the bridging receptor could be tethered to two separate 1 : 1 “activity element”, which can then assemble via bridging receptor to create a competent productive signaling
- FIG. 1C-1F which employs two distinct “activity elements” for signaling, in the scenario in Fig. 1G, only a single molecule is needed to assemble a productive receptor signaling complex with cell targeting capability. If the bridging receptor exist as a multimeric complex of its own, a single “bridging element” could be tethered to a single “activity element” to create one molecule that achieve cell targeting (Fig. 1H). Additional variations of how the elements can be combined could be envisioned under the bridging receptor concept.
- Tandem scFv multicomponent polypeptide are generated and assembled by linking or directly fusing a first scFv to either the C- or N-terminus of a second scFv molecule.
- the first scFv can bind to one or more FZD receptors and the second scFv can bind to one or more LRP receptors.
- the first scFv can bind to one or more LRP receptors, and the second scFv can bind to one or more FZD receptors.
- One of the scFv molecules can also be linked or directly fused at its C-terminus to the N-terminus of an Fc molecule.
- the WNT enhancer is linked or fused to the N-terminus of a first scFv, which in turn is linked or fused to the N-terminus of the second scFv, which is linked or fused to the N-terminus of the Fc molecule.
- the WNT enhancer is linked or fused to the C-terminus of the Fc molecule, which in turn is linked or fused to the C-terminus of one scFv molecule, which is linked or fused at its N-terminus to the C-terminus of a second scFv molecule.
- Fab-IgG molecules where the FZD and LRP binders are Fabs can be assembled in various approaches, such as charge pairing, knobs-in-holes, crossover of heavy and light chains of the Fabs, etc.
- charge pairing the heavy chain (VH-CH1) domain of an anti-LRP6 Fab or an anti-FZD Fab through direct fusion or a linker of 5, 10, or 15-mer amino acids, are fused in tandem with the N-terminus of the heavy chain (VH-CH1-CH2-CH3) of an anti-FZD or anti- LRP binder.
- both VH-CH1 domains of anti-LRP6 and anti-FZD contain three amino acid mutations (Q39D, Q105D, S183K in the anti-LRP6 Fab; Q39K, Q105K, S183E in anti-FZD Fab) each for proper paring with their own partner light chains, which also contain three complementary amino acid mutations (Q38K, A/S43K, S176E in anti-LRP6 light chain; Q38D, A/S43D, S176K in the anti-FZD light chain).
- the anti-LRP6 and anti-FZD Fabs could be reversed, where the anti-FZD binder is a Fab and is fused to anti-LRP binder which is in IgG format.
- the WNT enhancer can be attached to the Fab to the N-terminus of either the Vh or VI the Fab furthest from the IgG domain. In other embodiments, the WNT enhancer is attached to C-terminus of the IgG domain.
- HC-LC cross over approach for Fab-on-IgG format The light chain (VL-CL) domains of anti-LRP6 binder is, through direct fusion or a linker of 5, 10, or 15-mer amino acids, fused in tandem with the N-terminus of the heavy chain (VH-CH1-CH2-CH3) of an anti- FZD binder.
- the second construct was VH-CH1 of the anti-LRP6 binder and the third construct was VL-CL of the anti-FZD binder.
- anti-LRP6 and the anti-FZD binders could be reversed, where anti-FZD binder Fab is fused to the N- terminus of the anti-LRP binder which is in IgG format.
- WNT enhancer can be attached to N-terminus of the VH or VL of the crossover Fab furthest from the IgG domain, or attached to the C-terminus of the IgG domain.
- the molecules comprise one or more polypeptide(s) comprising or consisting of a sequence selected from any of SEQ ID NOs: 1-13, or a functional fragment or variant thereof.
- a variant comprises at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity to any one of SEQ ID NOs: 1-13.
- a fragment comprises at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% of a contiguous sequence of any of SEQ ID NOs: 1-13 or a variant of any of SEQ ID NOs: 1-13.
- a functional fragment comprises an FGF21 sequence, an F12578 sequence, and/or a L sequence present in any of SEQ ID NOs: 1-13, or a variant thereof.
- compositions comprising a multicomponent polypeptide molecule described herein and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient are also disclosed.
- compositions comprising a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a multicomponent polypeptide molecule described herein and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient are also disclosed.
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprises one or more polynucleotides comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a naturally occurring co-receptor ligand polypeptide.
- the polynucleotides are DNA or mRNA, e.g., a modified mRNA.
- the polynucleotides are modified mRNAs further comprising a 5’ cap sequence and/or a 3’ tailing sequence, e.g., a polyA tail.
- the polynucleotides are expression cassettes comprising a promoter operatively linked to the coding sequences.
- the nucleic acid sequence encoding the multicomponent polypeptide molecule and the nucleic acid sequence encoding naturally occurring co-receptor ligand polypeptide are present in the same polynucleotide.
- compositions comprising an expression vector, e.g., a viral vector, comprising a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a multicomponent polypeptide molecule described herein and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient are also disclosed.
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprises an expression vector, e.g., a viral vector, comprising a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a naturally occurring co-receptor ligand polypeptide.
- the nucleic acid sequence encoding the multicomponent polypeptide molecule and the nucleic acid sequence encoding the naturally occurring co-receptor ligand polypeptide are present in the same polynucleotide, e.g., expression cassette.
- the present invention further contemplates a pharmaceutical composition comprising a cell comprising an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide comprising a promoter operatively linked to a nucleic acid encoding a multicomponent polypeptide molecule and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient.
- the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a cell comprising an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide comprising a promoter operatively linked to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide corresponding to the natural ligand of the receptors.
- the cell is a heterologous cell or an autologous cell obtained from the subject to be treated.
- the cell is a stem cell, e.g., an adipose-derived stem cell or a hematopoietic stem cell.
- the subject molecules can be combined with pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients and reagents useful in preparing a formulation that is generally safe, non-toxic, and desirable, and includes excipients that are acceptable for mammalian, e.g., human or primate, use.
- excipients can be solid, liquid, semisolid, or, in the case of an aerosol composition, gaseous.
- carriers, diluents and excipients include, but are not limited to, water, saline, Ringer's solutions, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the formulations.
- Solutions or suspensions used for the formulations can include a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial compounds such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating compounds such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates; detergents such as Tween 20 to prevent aggregation; and compounds for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose.
- the pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
- the pharmaceutical compositions are sterile.
- compositions may further include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
- suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- the composition is sterile and should be fluid such that it can be drawn into a syringe or delivered to a subject from a syringe. In certain embodiments, it is stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and is preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
- the carrier can be, e.g., a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
- the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
- Prolonged absorption of the internal compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile solutions can be prepared by incorporating the multicomponent polypeptide molecule (or encoding polynucleotide or cell comprising the same) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
- dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
- methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- the pharmaceutical compositions are prepared with carriers that will protect the antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially.
- Liposomal suspensions can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art.
- Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
- the specification for the dosage unit forms are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof for the treatment of individuals.
- compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser, e.g. syringe, e.g. a prefilled syringe, together with instructions for administration.
- compositions of the invention encompass any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or salts of such esters, or any other compound which, upon administration to an animal comprising a human, is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) the biologically active antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof.
- the present invention includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule described herein.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to physiologically and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention: i.e., salts that retain the desired biological activity of the parent compound and do not impart undesired toxicological effects thereto.
- a variety of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are known in the art and described, e.g., in “Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences”, 17th edition, Alfonso R.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts are formed with metals or amines, such as alkali and alkaline earth metals or organic amines.
- Metals used as cations comprise sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, and the like.
- Amines comprise N-N’- dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, ethylenediamine, N-m ethylglucamine, and procaine (see, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts,” J. Pharma Sci., 1977, 66, 119).
- the base addition salts of said acidic compounds are prepared by contacting the free acid form with a sufficient amount of the desired base to produce the salt in the conventional manner.
- the free acid form may be regenerated by contacting the salt form with an acid and isolating the free acid in the conventional manner.
- the free acid forms differ from their respective salt forms somewhat in certain physical properties such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to their respective free acid for purposes of the present invention.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent and/or excipient, for example saline, phosphate buffered saline, phosphate and amino acids, polymers, polyols, sugar, buffers, preservatives and other proteins.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for example saline, phosphate buffered saline, phosphate and amino acids, polymers, polyols, sugar, buffers, preservatives and other proteins.
- Exemplary amino acids, polymers and sugars and the like are octylphenoxy polyethoxy ethanol compounds, polyethylene glycol monostearate compounds, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, sucrose, fructose, dextrose, maltose, glucose, mannitol, dextran, sorbitol, inositol, galactitol, xylitol, lactose, trehalose, bovine or human serum albumin, citrate, acetate, Ringer's and Hank's solutions, cysteine, arginine, carnitine, alanine, glycine, lysine, valine, leucine, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene and glycol.
- this formulation is stable for at least six months at 4° C.
- the pharmaceutical composition provided herein comprises a buffer, such as phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or sodium phosphate/sodium sulfate, tris buffer, glycine buffer, sterile water and other buffers known to the ordinarily skilled artisan such as those described by Good et al. (1966) Biochemistry 5:467.
- the pH of the buffer may be in the range of 6.5 to 7.75, preferably 7 to 7.5, and most preferably 7.2 to 7.4.
- the cell targeting multicomponent WNT molecule can be used as to treat various diseases or disorders where tissue regeneration is necessary.
- diseases include, but are not limited to: increase bone growth or regeneration, bone grafting, healing of bone fractures, treatment of osteoporosis and osteoporotic fractures, vertebral compression fractures, spinal fusion, osseointegration of orthopedic devices, tendonbone integration, tooth growth and regeneration, dental implantation, periodontal diseases, maxillofacial reconstruction, and osteonecrosis of the jaw.
- treatment of alopecia enhancing regeneration of sensory organs, e.g.
- treatment of hearing loss including internal and external auditory hair cells, treatment of vestibular hypofunction, treatment of macular degeneration, treatment of vitreoretinopathy, diabetic retinopathy, other diseases of retinal degeneration, Fuchs’ dystrophy, other cornea disease, etc.; treatment of stroke, traumatic brain injury, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis and other conditions affecting the blood brain barrier; treatment of spinal cord injuries, other spinal cord diseases.
- compositions of this invention may also be used in treatment of oral mucositis, treatment of short bowel syndrome, inflammatory bowel diseases (IBD), other gastrointestinal disorders; treatment of metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, treatment of diabetes, treatment of pancreatitis, conditions where exocrine or endocrine pancreas tissues are damaged; conditions where enhanced epidermal regeneration is desired, e.g., epidermal wound healing, treatment of diabetic foot ulcers, syndromes involving tooth, nail, or dermal hypoplasia, etc., conditions where angiogenesis is beneficial; treatment of myocardial infarction, coronary artery disease, heart failure; enhanced growth of hematopoietic cells, e.g.
- compositions of the present invention may also be used in enhanced regeneration of liver cells, e.g.
- compositions of this invention may treat diseases and disorders including, without limitation, conditions in which regenerative cell growth is desired.
- a pharmaceutical composition is administered parenterally, e.g., intravenously, orally, rectally, or by injection. In some embodiments, it is administered locally, e.g., topically or intramuscularly.
- a composition is administered to target tissues, e.g., to bone, joints, ear tissue, eye tissue, gastrointestinal tract, skin, a wound site or spinal cord. Methods of the invention may be practiced in vivo or ex vivo. In some embodiments, the contacting of a target cell or tissue with a multicomponent polypeptide molecule is performed ex vivo, with subsequent implantation of the cells or tissues, e.g., activated stem or progenitor cells, into the subject. The skilled artisan can determine an appropriate site of and route of administration based on the disease or disorder being treated.
- the dose and dosage regimen may depend upon a variety of factors readily determined by a physician, such as the nature of the disease or disorder, the characteristics of the subject, and the subject's history.
- the amount of a multicomponent polypeptide molecule administered or provided to the subject is in the range of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, 0.1 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg, or about 0.1 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg of the subject’s body weight.
- Protein production All recombinant proteins were produced in Expi293F cells (Thermo Fisher Scientific) by transient transfection unless otherwise specified. All IgG-based and Fc-containing constructs were first purified with Protein-A resin and eluted with 0.1 M glycine pH 3.5. All proteins were then polished by a size exclusion column in HBS buffer (10 mM HEPES pH 7.2, 150 mM NaCl). Proteins were supplemented with glycerol to 10% for long term storage at -80°C.
- SuperTop Flash (STF) assay WNT signaling activity is measured using cell lines containing a luciferase gene controlled by a WNT-responsive promoter (Super Top Flash reporter assay, STF) as reported (Janda et al., 2017; Nature 545:234). In brief, cells are seeded at a density of 10,000 per well in 96-well plates 24 hr prior to treatment, then treated with RSPO or mimetic proteins overnight either alone or together with 30% WNT3a-conditioned media. WNT3a conditioned media are prepared from ATCC-CRL-2647 WNT3a secreting L cells following vendor recommended conditions.
- Binding kinetics of F-FGF21 series (F-FGF21FL, F-FGF21AN, F-FGF21AC, and F-FGF21ANAC) to human FZD7 CRD and PKlotho (Fisher Scientific) or L-39F7 series (L- 39F7, aGFP-39F7, and L-aGFP) to human LRP6E3E4 and PKlotho, respectively, were determined by bio-layer interferometry (BLI) using an Octet Red 96 (PALL ForteBio) instrument at 30°C, 1000 rpm with AHC biosensors (Sartorius).
- Human hepatocytes were purchased from BioIVT (10-donor pooled cry opiateable X008001-P) and cultured in LONZA hepatocyte maintenance medium (CC-3198). In short, plastic culture plates were coated with 20% Matrigel Matrix (CB40230C) and cells were plated in plating medium (BioIVT Z990003). After four hours the medium was changed to maintenance medium and refreshed every day for three days prior to the 24h experiment.
- Suitable expansion medium contained Advanced DMEM, 10 mM HEPES, lx GlutaMAX, IX Penicillin-Streptomycin, lx B27, lx N2, 1.25 mM N-acetylcysteine, 10 mM Nicotinamide, 50 ng/mL recombinant human EGF, 50 ng/mL recombinant human Noggin, 20 nM R-Spondin 2, 0.1 nM L-F Wnt mimetic, 10 nM recombinant Gastrin, 500 nM A83-01 and 10 pM SB202190.
- Treatment of molecules was done in the presence of 20 nM R-spondin 2 for 24h at a concentration of 10 nM. After 24 hours the cells were harvested and RNA collected for qPCR. Each experiment with both primary human hepatocytes and human small intestinal organoids was repeated three times.
- RNAs from HEK293, Huh7 cells, or primary human cells were extracted using the Qiagen RNeasy Micro Kit (Qiagen).
- cDNA was produced using the SuperScript IV VILO cDNA Synthesis Kit (Thermo Fisher).
- PKlotho (KLB) RNA was quantified using Maxima SYBR Green qPCR master mix on a Bio-Rad CFX96 real time PCR machine. Cycle threshold (Ct) values were normalized to the expression of constitutive ACTINB RNA using the following oligo’ s:
- ACTB Fl CTGGAACGGTGAAGGTGACA (SEQ ID NO: 31);
- ACTB-Rl AAGGGACTTCCTGTAACAATGCA (SEQ ID NO: 32);
- KLB Fl ATCTAGTGGCTTGGCATGGG (SEQ ID NO: 33); KLB RECCAAACTTTCGAGTGAGCCTTG (SEQ ID NO: 34);
- KLB R2 GGCGTTCCACACGTACAGA (SEQ ID NO: 36);
- KLB F3 GGAGGTGCTGAAAGCATACCT (SEQ ID NO: 37);
- KLB R3 TCTCTTCAGCCAGTTTGAATGC (SEQ ID NO: 38).
- FGF21 endocrine fibroblast growth factor 21
- PKlotho binding antibodies have also been identified that could induce pKlotho/FGFR signaling, and one particular agonistic PKlotho antibody binds to a different epitope on PKlotho from FGF21 and does not compete with FGF21 binding (Min et al., 2018). Therefore, the following bridging receptor (PKlotho) binding elements were selected to test the cell targeting concept:
- FGF21FL full length FGF21 that can bind to PKlotho and is competent to induce FGFR signaling
- FGF21AC FGF21 without the C-terminal PKlotho interaction domain
- FGF21AC FGF21 without the C-terminal PKlotho interaction domain
- FGF21AN FGF21 without the N-terminal FGFR interaction domain
- the FZD binder (F12578) was combined with one of two versions of the bridging receptor (PKlotho) binder, F12578-FGF21FL or F12578-FGF21AN (Fig. 2B), and the LRP binder (L) was combined with the other bridging receptor (PKlotho) binder, 39F7, as L-39F7 (Fig. 2B).
- PKlotho bridging receptor
- Table 1 describes the different components/formats tested.
- Table 1 Formats and sequences of multicomponent WNT polypeptide with 2:0 / 0:2 split design:
- Table 2 Formats and sequences of multicomponent WNT polypeptide with 1 :0 / 01 : split design:
- VL Italic underlined
- Fibroblast Growth Factor 21 A Versatile Regulator of Metabolic Homeostasis. Annu Rev Nutr 38, 173-196 (2016). . Zhang, J. & Li, Y. Fibroblast Growth Factor 21 Analogs for Treating Metabolic Disorders. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne) 6, 168 (2015). . Lee, S. et al. Structures of beta-klotho reveal a 'zip code'-like mechanism for endocrine FGF signalling. Nature 553, 501-505 (2016). . Shi, S.Y. et al. A systematic dissection of sequence elements determining beta-Klotho and FGF interaction and signaling. Sci Rep 8, 11045 (2016). . Yie, J.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Biophysics (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides a cell targeting multicomponent polypeptides complexes, to modulate signaling pathways having tissue specificity, by binding to homo- or hetero-oligomeric receptor complexes.
Description
CELL TARGETING MULTICOMPONENT POLYPEPTIDE
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 63/398,502, filed August 16, 2022, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application Serial No. 63/472,938, filed June 14, 2023, which are incorporated by reference in their entireties.
SEQUENCE LISTINGS
[0002] The Sequence Listing XML associated with this application is provided in XML file format and is hereby incorporated by reference into the specification. The name of the XML file containing the Sequence Listing XML is SRZN_026_01WO_ST26.xml. The XML file is 39,279 bytes, and created on August 8, 2023, and is being submitted electronically via USPTO Patent Center.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0003] The present disclosure provides cell targeting multicomponent polypeptides that modulate signaling pathways having cell and tissue specificity by binding to hetero-oligomeric receptor complexes.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0004] Receptor-mediated cellular signaling is fundamental to cell-cell communication, cellular growth and differentiation, maintenance of tissue function and homeostasis, and regulation of injury repair. When a cell-specific response is necessary, nature achieves that selectivity through various mechanisms such as cell-specific receptor, ligand gradient, short- range ligand, direct cell-cell contacts. However, most ligand-receptor systems have pleiotropic effects due to broad expressions of receptors on multiple cell types. While this may be important when a coordinated response in numerous cell types or tissues is needed, modulating cell-specific signaling has been a major challenge for research and drug development to avoid systemic toxicity or off-target tissue effects. In addition, it is often difficult to identify differences between normal and diseased cells for a particular signaling pathway of interest, making it challenging, if not impossible, to selectively modulate that signaling pathway either in diseased or normal cells. Therefore, effective cell targeting is needed for both research and therapeutic development.
[0005] Cell-targeted antagonists are more accessible to achieve than cell-targeted agonists, as antagonists have less stringent requirements on affinity, epitope, and geometry of the molecules than agonists (Dickopf et al., 2020). Previous efforts to engineer cell selective growth factors and cytokines employed variations of the “chimeric activators” concept (Cironi et al., 2008), which invariably involved attaching a cell targeting arm (“targeting element”) to either the wild-type ligand or a mutated ligand with reduced affinity toward signaling receptor (“activity element”). Such an approach has been applied to several signaling pathways, such as the erythropoietin (Taylor et al., 2010, Burrill et al., 2016), interferon (Cironi et al., 2008, Garcin et al., 2014), and interleukin-2 (Ghasemi et al., 2016, Lazear et al., 2017) pathways.
[0006] While little selectivity could be achieved by attaching a targeting arm to a wild-type ligand, selectivity of up to 1000-fold has been reported when a mutated ligand was used (Garcin et al., 2014). The “chimeric activators” approach is based on the cooperativity concept. In this approach, mutations that weaken the affinity of a natural ligand to its receptor are selected as the “activity element”. Due to the weakened affinity, the mutant “activity element” alone should display a significantly right-shifted dose-response curve (or lower potency) in an activity assay on both target and non-target cells that express the signaling receptors.
[0007] When a “targeting element” is tethered to the mutant “activity element,” the “targeting element” helps to increase the local concentration of the mutant “activity element” on the desired target cell surface, driving engagement of signaling receptor and subsequent intracellular signaling activation, effectively left shift the activity dose-response curve (increase potency) on the target cell and create the selectivity between target vs. non-target cells.
[0008] While conceptually elegant, identifying the appropriate mutations that achieve the just-right reduction of affinity that could be rescued by the “targeting element” is not trivial. In some cases, while the potency could be rescued, the maximal signaling strength remains compromised, resulting in a partial agonist. In addition, the selectivity is not exquisite; a modest 10-fold separation between targeting vs. non-targeting cells is reported in most literature examples.
[0009] WNT ligands and their signals play key roles in the control of development, homeostasis and regeneration of many essential organs and tissues, including bone, liver, skin, stomach, intestine, kidney, central nervous system, mammary gland, taste bud, ovary, cochlea and many other tissues (reviewed, e.g., by Clevers, Loh, and Nusse (2014) Science, 346:54).
Modulation of WNT signaling pathways has potential for treatment of degenerative diseases and tissue injuries.
[0010] The WNT pathway is highly conserved across species and crucial for embryonic development, and adult tissue homeostasis and regeneration (Nusse and Clevers, 2017). WNT- induced signaling through P-catenin stabilization has been widely studied and is achieved by ligand binding to frizzled (FZD) and low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein (LRP) family of receptors. There are nineteen mammalian WNTs, 10 FZDs (FZDi-io), and 2 LRPs (LRP5 and LRP6).
[0011] WNTs are highly hydrophobic due to lipidation that is required for function and are promiscuous, capable of binding and activating multiple FZD and LRP pairs (Janda et al., 2012, Kadowaki et al., 1996, Dijksterhuis et al., 2015). Elucidating the functions of individual FZDs in tissues has been hampered by difficulties in producing the ligands and lack of receptor and tissue selectivity. Recent breakthroughs in the development of WNT -mimetic molecules have largely resolved the production and receptor specificity challenges (Janda et al., 2017, Chen et al., 2020, Tao et al., 2019, Miao et al., 2020).
[0012] While tissue selectivity could be partly achieved by tissue injury as damaged tissues seem more sensitive to WNTs (Xie et al., 2022), it would still represent a significant technical advancement to be able to target WNTs to specific cells and tissues.
[0013] Antibodies are a well-established and rapidly growing drug class with at least 45 antibody -based products currently marketed for imaging or therapy in the United States and/or Europe with ~$100 billion in total worldwide sales. This major clinical and commercial success with antibody therapeutics has fueled much interest in developing the next generation antibody drugs including bispecific antibodies. As their name implies, bispecific antibodies or multispecific antibodies (collectively “MsAbs”) bind to at least two different antigens, or at least two different epitopes on the same antigen, as first demonstrated more than 50 years ago. Engineering monospecific antibodies for multispecificity opens up many new potential therapeutic applications as evidenced by >30 BsAb in clinical development.
[0014] Bispecific or multispecific antibodies are a class of engineered antibody and antibody-like proteins that, in contrast to ‘regular’ monospecific antibodies, combine two or more different specific antigen binding elements in a single construct. Since bispecific antibodies do not typically occur in nature, they are constructed either chemically or biologically, using techniques such as cell fusion or recombinant DNA technologies. The
ability to bind two or more different epitopes with a single molecule offers a number of potential advantages. One approach is to use the specificity of one arm as a targeting site for individual molecules, cellular markers or organisms, such as bacteria and viruses. While the other arm functions as an effector site for the recruitment of effector cells or delivery of molecular payloads to the target, such as drugs, cytokines or toxins. Alternatively, bispecifics can be used to dual target, allowing detection or binding of a target cell type with much higher specificity than monospecific antibodies.
[0015] The modular architecture of immunoglobulins has been exploited to create a growing number (>60) of alternative Ms Ab formats (see, e.g., Spiess et al (2015) Mol. Immunol. 67:95-106). MsAb are classified here into five distinct structural groups: (i) bispecific IgG (BsIgG) (ii) IgG appended with an additional antigen-binding moiety (iii) MsAb fragments (iv) Multispecific fusion proteins and (v) MsAb conjugates. Each of these different MsAb formats brings different properties in binding valency for each antigen, geometry of antigen-binding sites, pharmacokinetic half-life, and in some cases effector functions.
[0016] For antagonistic MsAbs antibodies, which represent the vast majority of the MsAb molecules in development, the geometry of the antigen binding modules is less critical. However, for agonistic MsAbs, these molecules need to faithfully mimic the activity of the natural ligand, the binding geometry could be crucial (see, e.g., Shi, et al. (2018) J. Biol. Chem. 293:5909-5919). Such is true of WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecules, which are required to bind and activate two spatially separated WNT receptors, FZD and LRP.
[0017] WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecules which can bind to the heterooligomeric WNT/LRP receptor complex have been described previously (see, e.g., WO2019/126398 and W02020/010308) as have WNT enhancers using RSPO (see, e.g., W02018/140821, WO2018/132572, and W02020/014271).
[0018] Previous attempts to create multicomponent receptor molecules have been successful for antagonist molecules because lower affinities and tissue selectivity were not as critical. Creating agonist multicomponent receptor molecules has been challenging because of this reduced affinity and lack of selectivity. The present invention addresses this need by the use of a binding composition specific for a bridging molecule, which resides on the cell surface, tethered to binding domains specific for signaling receptor components. This use of a bridging molecule binding domain has provided acceptable affinity for agonist signaling, as well as the ability to confer specificity by target tissue and cell specific cell surface antigens.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0019] Fig. 1A shows an optimized design for a WNT mimetic that is a tetravalent bispecific antibody-based molecule.
[0020] Fig. IB shows a cell targeted WNT mimetic based on the “chimeric activator” concept where an “targeting element” is tethered to the WNT mimetic.
[0021] Fig. 1C illustrates two separate polypeptides: one FZD binder with additional binding domain that binds “bridging molecule” and one LRP binder that binds “bridging molecule”, where the two molecules bind different epitopes of the “bridging molecule”
[0022] Fig. ID illustrates a WNT mimetic with two FZD binding domains tethered to a bridging molecule by two binding domains specific for two epitopes on the bridging molecule and two LRP binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by two binding domains specific for two epitopes on the bridging molecule, wherein the two bridging binding epitopes are linked together and each separate molecule could be tethered to “bridging element” by binding to a different epitope on the bridging receptor, creating the final receptor complex.
[0023] Fig. IE shows a WNT mimetic with two FZD binding domain tethered to a bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule and two LRP binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a second epitope on the bridging molecule, wherein the two bridging binding epitopes are identical and each separate molecule could be tethered to “bridging element” binding to a epitope on the multimeric bridging receptor, creating the final receptor complex.
[0024] Fig. IF shows a FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule and an FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a second epitope on the bridging molecule, and each separate molecule could be tethered to a “bridging element” binding to a different epitope on the bridging receptor, creating the final receptor complex.
[0025] Fig. 1G shows a FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by two binding domains specific for two epitopes on the bridging molecule wherein the two bridging binding epitopes are linked together, and each separate molecule could be tethered to a “bridging element” binding to a different epitope on the bridging receptor, creating the final receptor complex.
[0026] Fig. 1H shows FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a epitope on the bridging molecule, wherein each separate molecule tethered to a “bridging element” binding to a multimeric bridging receptor, creating the final receptor complex.
[0027] Figs. 2A-2C show selected PKlotho and endocrine fibroblast growth factor 21 (FGF21) ligand system as the bridging receptor system, with the FZD and LRP binding domains. The graphic representations of the binders and the various combinations F 12578 (binds FZD 1,2, 5, 7, 8) and L (binds LRP5/6). Fig. 2A shows elements that are used in the split molecules. LRP6 binder element is in scFv format; FZD binder is in the IgGl format; both aGFP IgGl and aGFP scFv are used for assembly of the negative control molecules. Two types of PKlotho binders are used: Binder No.1, 39F7 IgGl, a PKlotho monoclonal antibody; Binder No. 2, FGF21FL, and different deletion variants. Fig. 2B illustrates the diagram of the assembled molecules. Fig. 2C shows the diagram of the assembled negative control molecules.
[0028] Figs. 2D-2G show binding of various F-FGF21 fusion proteins to FZD7 and PKlotho. Bindings of FZD7 and P-Klotho to F-FGF21FL (Fig. 2D), F-FGF21 AN (Fig. 2E), F- FGF21 AC (Fig. 2F), or F-FGF21 ANAC (Fig. 2G) were determined by Octet.
[0029] Figs. 2H-2J illustrate binding of LRP6 and PKlotho to L-39F7 (Fig. 2H), aGFP- 39F7 (Fig. 21), or L-aGFP (Fig. 2J) were determined by Octet. Mean KD values were calculated from all 7 binding curves with global fits (red dotted lines) using 1 : 1 Langmuir binding model.
[0030] Figs. 2K-2L show step bindings, Fig. 2K is step binding of FZD7 and PKlotho to various F-FGF21 fusion proteins. Sequential binding of F-FGF21FL (blue sensorgram), F- FGF21AN (red sensorgram), F-FGF21AC (light green sensorgram), or F-FGF21ANAC (green sensorgram), followed by FZD7 CRD, then followed by addition of PKlotho on Octet shows simultaneous engagement of both FZD7 and PKlotho to the indicated F-FGF21 proteins. Sensorgrams for FZD7 and PKlotho area (dashed box on left) are enlarged at the right. Fig. 2L shows step binding of LRP6 and PKlotho to L-39F7 and its control proteins. Sequential binding L-39F7 (blue sensorgram), L-aGFP (light blue sensorgram), aGFP-39F7 (red sensorgram), or 39F7 IgG (green sensorgram), followed by LRP6E3E4, then followed by addition of PKlotho on Octet shows simultaneous engagement of both LRP6 and PKlotho to the indicated L-39F7 and its control proteins. Sensorgrams for LRP6 and PKlotho area (dashed box on left) are enlarged on the right.
[0031] Figs. 3 A-3F illustrate dose dependent STF assay of SWIFT molecules in HEK293 and Huh7 cells the combination of F12578-FGF21FL or FGF12578-FGF21AN with L-39F7 resulted in WNT/p-catenin signaling in a liver cell line, Huh7 cells, which express the bridging receptor PKlotho, but not in 293 cells where PKlotho is not expressed. This signaling depends on the presence of both FZD and LRP binding arms and the ability to bind the bridging receptor, as the removal of LRP binding arm L from L-39F7 or inactivation of PKlotho binding (use of FGF21ANAC) resulted in no activity in either cell.
[0032] Fig. 3G illustrates expression of bridging receptor PKlotho (KLB) in HEK293 and Huh7 cells.
[0033] Figs. 4A and 4B show the FZD binder (F12578), LRP binder (L), and the two noncompeting bridging receptor (PKlotho) binders (FGF21FL and 39F7) were combined in the molecule, F12578-FGF21FL-39F7-L (Fig. 4A), and their activity WNT/p-catenin signaling in Huh7 cells that expresses the bridging receptor PKlotho but not in 293 cells where PKlotho is not expressed (Fig. 4B).
[0034] Figs. 5A-5D illustrate activity of targeted molecules in primary human cells. Fig. 5A is presentative images of primary human hepatocytes cultures in 2D or human small intestinal organoids. Scale bars 200 pm. Fig. 5B shows expression of bridging receptor PKlotho (KLB) in hepatocytes or small intestinal cells. Fig. 5C illustrates WNT target gene AXIN2 expression normalized to control treatment after 24-hour treatment with 10 nM of indicated molecules in human hepatocytes. Fig. 5D shows WNT target gene AXIN2 expression normalized to control treatment after 24-hour treatment with 10 nM of indicated molecules in human small intestinal organoids.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0035] In various embodiments, the present invention provides a cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide and related uses thereof.
[0036] The present invention provides a cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide molecule comprising at least one first antigen binding domain that binds to a first signaling receptor component, at least one-second antigen binding domain that binds to a second signaling receptor component receptor, and at least one different antigen binding domain that binds to a bridging molecule, and the first receptor and second receptor can be different or identical.
[0037] In some embodiments, the binding domain that binds to the bridging molecule comprises at least two binding domains that bind to different epitopes on the bridging molecule or bind to the same epitope on the bridging molecule.
[0038] In another embodiment, the first antigen binding domain that binds to a first signaling receptor component is tethered to at least one binding domain that binds to the bridging receptor, and the second antigen binding domain that binds to a second signaling receptor component is tethered to at least one binding domain that binds to the bridging molecule.
[0039] In a further embodiment, the antigen binding domain is joined directly or by a linker to the binding domain that binds to the bridging molecule.
[0040] In another embodiment, the bridging molecule is monomeric or multimeric.
[0041] In a further embodiment, the binding domains are each independently selected from the group consisting of: an scFv, a VHH/sdAb, a Fab, and a Fab'2.
[0042] In some embodiment, the binding domains are joined through a linker by a peptide linker comprising from 1-100 amino acids.
[0043] In yet another embodiment, the binding domains are attached to the N-terminus of an antibody Fc domain. In another embodiment, a nucleic acid encodes the multicomponent polypeptide.
[0044] In a further embodiment, the nucleic acid is an expression vector comprises a promoter sequence operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence; optionally wherein the vector is a virus comprising a promoter operatively linked to the nucleic acid.
[0045] In another embodiment, a host cell comprises the vector.
[0046] In related embodiment provides a process for producing the multicomponent polypeptide comprising culturing the host cell under conditions wherein the multicomponent polypeptide is expressed by the expression vector.
[0047] The present invention further provides a multicomponent WNT molecule comprises at least one FZD binding domain, at least one LRP binding domain, and at least one bridging molecule; the multicomponent WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule modulates WNT signaling.
[0048] In yet another embodiment, the multicomponent WNT molecule comprises: one or two FZD binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule; one or two LRP binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a second epitope on the bridging molecule, and the molecule can activate WNT signaling.
[0049] In some embodiments, the multicomponent WNT molecule comprises the binding domain specific for the first epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD binding domain(s) are joined directly or joined by a linker; and the binding domain specific for the second epitope of the bridging molecule and the LRP binding domain(s) are joined directly or joined by a linker; the binding domain specific for the first epitope and the binding domain specific for the second epitope of the bridging molecule are identical or different.
[0050] In another embodiment, the linker is a peptide or non-peptide linker.
[0051] In yet another embodiment, the FZD binding domain(s) and the LRP binding domain(s) are each independently selected from the group consisting of a scFv, a VHH/sdAb, a Fab, and a Fab '2.
[0052] In a further embodiment, the FZD binding domain(s) and the LRP binding domains(s) are joined by a peptide linker comprising from 1-100 amino acids.
[0053] In yet another embodiment, the FZD binding domain(s) and the LRP binding domain(s) are attached to the N-terminus of an antibody Fc domain.
[0054] In some embodiment, a nucleic acid encoding the multicomponent WNT molecule.
[0055] In another embodiment, the vector is an expression vector comprises a promoter sequence operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence; optionally wherein the vector is a virus comprising a promoter operatively linked to the nucleic acid.
[0056] In a further embodiment, a host cell comprises the vector.
[0057] In some embodiments, a process for producing the multicomponent WNT molecule culturing the host cell under conditions wherein the multicomponent polypeptide is expressed by the expression vector.
[0058] In some embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition to modulate the WNT/p- catenin signaling pathway comprises an effective amount of the multicomponent WNT molecule, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvant, or carrier.
[0059] In yet another embodiment, provides a method of treating or preventing a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, the method comprises by providing to the subject an effective amount of the multicomponent WNT molecule.
[0060] The present invention also provides a multicomponent WNT molecule comprises at least one FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule; at least one FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a second epitope on the bridging molecule; and the tethering of the FZD and LRP binding domains to the bridging receptor forms a WNT mimetic capable of activating WNT signaling.
[0061] In a further embodiment, the binding domain specific for a first epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD/LRP binding domains are joined directly or by a linker; and the binding domain specific for a second epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD/LRP binding domains are joined directly, or by a linker the binding domain of the first epitope and second epitope of the bridging molecule are identical or different; and the binding domain of the first epitope and the second epitope of the bridging molecule could be linked together to FZD/LRP.
[0062] In some embodiments, the bridging molecule is monomeric or multimeric.
[0063] In another embodiment, at least one of the FZD or LRP binding domains is selected from the group consisting of: a scFv, a VHH/sdAb, a Fab, and a Fab'2.
[0064] In yet another embodiment, the binding domains are joined through a linker by a peptide link comprising from 1-100 amino acids.
[0065] In related embodiment, the binding domains are attached to the N-terminus of an antibody Fc domain.
[0066] In some embodiment, a nucleic acid encoding the multicomponent WNT molecule.
[0067] In another embodiment, the vector is an expression vector comprises a promoter sequence operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence; optionally wherein the vector is a virus comprising a promoter operatively linked to the nucleic acid.
[0068] In a further embodiment, a host cell comprises the vector.
[0069] In some embodiments, a process for producing the multicomponent WNT molecule culturing the host cell under conditions wherein the multicomponent polypeptide is expressed by the expression vector.
[0070] In some embodiment, a pharmaceutical composition to modulate the WNT/p- catenin signaling pathway comprises an effective amount of the multicomponent WNT molecule, and a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvant, or carrier.
[0071] In yet another embodiment, provides a method of treating or preventing a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, the method comprises by providing to the subject an effective amount of the multicomponent WNT molecule.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0072] As used herein, including the appended claims, the singular forms of words such as “a,” “an,” and “the,” include their corresponding plural references unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
[0073] Throughout this specification, unless the context requires otherwise, the word "comprise", or variations such as "comprises" or "comprising", will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated element or integer or group of elements or integers but not the exclusion of any other element or integer or group of elements or integers.
[0074] Each embodiment in this specification is to be applied mutatis mutandis to every other embodiment unless expressly stated otherwise.
[0075] All references cited herein are incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent application, or patent, was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.
I. Definitions.
[0076] “Activity” of a molecule may describe or refer to the binding of the molecule to a ligand or to a receptor, to catalytic activity, to the ability to stimulate gene expression, to antigenic activity, to the modulation of activities of other molecules, and the like. “Activity” of a molecule may also refer to activity in modulating or maintaining cell-to-cell interactions, e.g., adhesion, or activity in maintaining a structure of a cell, e.g., cell membranes or cytoskeleton. “Activity” may also mean specific activity, e.g., [catalytic activity]/[mg protein], or [immunological activity ]/[mg protein], or the like.
[0077] The terms “tethered” or “bound” or “joined” or “linked”, as used herein, refer to different binding domains of the multicomponent molecule being fastened together. It is understood that different binding domains of the multicomponent molecule are fastened together and could be used interchangeably.
[0078] The terms “targeting element”, “bridging element”, “bridging molecule”, or “bridging receptor” as used herein, refer to cell surface receptors also known as transmembrane receptors, such as, e.g., ion channel-linked receptors, G-protein coupled receptors, and enzyme- linked receptors. A bridging receptor can be a cell surface glycan.
[0079] The terms “chimeric activator”, as used herein, refers to the cooperativity concept of different ligands by enhancing agonist activity to the targeted cell.
[0080] The terms “multicomponent polypeptide”, “multicomponent polypeptide molecule”, and “multicomponent molecule”, as used herein, are interchangeable.
[0081] The terms “multicomponent WNT molecule”, “WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule”, and “WNT mimetic” as used herein, are interchangeable.
[0082] The terms "administering" or "introducing" or “providing”, as used herein, refer to delivery of a composition to a cell, to cells, tissues and/or organs of a subject, or to a subject. Such administering or introducing may take place in vivo, in vitro or ex vivo.
[0083] As is well known in the art, an antibody is an immunoglobulin molecule capable of specific binding to a target, such as a carbohydrate, polynucleotide, lipid, polypeptide, etc., through at least one epitope recognition site, located in the variable region of the immunoglobulin molecule. As used herein, the term encompasses not only intact polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies, but also fragments thereof (such as dAb, Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv), single chain (scFv), VHH, synthetic variants thereof, naturally occurring variants, fusion proteins comprising an antibody or an antigen-binding fragment thereof, humanized antibodies, chimeric antibodies, and any other modified configuration of the immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an antigen-binding site or fragment (epitope recognition site) of the required specificity. "Diabodies", multivalent or multispecific fragments constructed by gene fusion (WO94/13804; P. Holliger et al (1993)., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90 6444-6448) are also a particular form of antibody contemplated herein. Minibodies comprising a scFv joined to a CH3 domain are also included herein (See e.g., S. Hu et al. (1996), Cancer Res., 56:3055-3061; Ward, E. S. et al. (1989) Nature 341 :544-546; Bird et al.(1988) Science 242:423-426; Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 85:5879-5883; PCT/US92/09965; WO94/13804; P.
Holliger et al. (1993) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6444-6448; and Y. Reiter et al. (1996) Nature Biotech. 14: 1239-1245).
[0084] The term "antigen -binding fragment" as used herein refers to a polypeptide fragment that contains at least one CDR of an immunoglobulin heavy and/or light chain, or of a VHH, that binds to the antigen of interest, in particular to one or more FZD receptor or LRP5 or LRP6 receptor. In this regard, an antigen-binding fragment of the herein described antibodies may comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or all 6 CDRs of a VH and VL sequence set forth herein from antibodies that bind one or more FZD receptor or LRP5 and/or LRP6. In particular embodiments, an antigen-binding fragment may comprise all three VH CDRs or all three VL CDRs. Similarly, an antigen binding fragment thereof may comprise all three CDRs of a VHH binding fragment. An antigen-binding fragment of a FZD-specific antibody is capable of binding to a FZD receptor. An antigen- binding fragment of a LRP5/6-specific antibody is capable of binding to a LRP5 and/or LRP6 receptor. As used herein, the term encompasses not only isolated fragments but also polypeptides comprising an antigen-binding fragment of an antibody disclosed herein, such as, for example, fusion proteins comprising an antigen-binding fragment of an antibody disclosed herein, such as, e.g., a fusion protein comprising a VHH that binds one or more FZD receptors and a VHH that binds LRP5 and/or LRP6.
[0085] The term "antigen" refers to a molecule or a portion of a molecule capable of being bound by a selective binding agent, such as an antibody, and additionally capable of being used in an animal to produce antibodies capable of binding to an epitope of that antigen. In certain embodiments, a binding agent (e.g., a multicomponent WNT molecule or binding region thereof) is said to specifically bind an antigen when it preferentially recognizes its target antigen in a complex mixture of proteins and/or macromolecules. In certain embodiments, a multicomponent WNT molecule or binding region thereof (e.g., an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof) is said to specifically bind an antigen when the equilibrium dissociation constant is <10'7 or <10'8 M. In some embodiments, the equilibrium dissociation constant may be <10'9 M or <10'10 M.
[0086] As used herein, the term "CDR" refers to at least one of the three hypervariable regions of a heavy or light chain variable (V) region. Proceeding from the N-terminus of a heavy or light chain, these regions are denoted as "CDR1," "CDR2," and "CDR3" respectively. An antigen-binding site, therefore, includes six CDRs, comprising the CDR set from each of a heavy and a light chain V region. A polypeptide comprising a single CDR, (e.g., a CDR1, CDR2 or CDR3) is referred to herein as a "molecular recognition unit." Crystallographic
analysis of a number of antigen-antibody complexes has demonstrated that the amino acid residues of CDRs form extensive contact with bound antigen, wherein the most extensive antigen contact is with the heavy chain CDR3. Thus, the molecular recognition units are primarily responsible for the specificity of an antigen-binding site. In certain embodiments, antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof as described herein include a heavy chain and a light chain CDRs, respectively interposed between a heavy chain and a light chain framework regions (FRs)which provide support to the CDRs and define the spatial relationship of the CDRs relative to each other.
[0087] As used herein, the term "FRs" refer to the four flanking amino acid sequences which frame the CDRs of a heavy or light chain V region. Some FR residues may contact bound antigen; however, FRs are primarily responsible for folding the V region into the antigen-binding site, particularly the FR residues directly adjacent to the CDRs. Within FRs, certain amino residues and certain structural features are very highly conserved. In this regard, all V region sequences contain an internal disulfide loop of around 90 amino acid residues. When the V regions fold into a binding-site, the CDRs are displayed as projecting loop motifs which form an antigen-binding surface. It is generally recognized that there are conserved structural regions of FRs which influence the folded shape of the CDR loops into certain "canonical" structures — regardless of the precise CDR amino acid sequence. Further, certain FR residues are known to participate in non-covalent interdomain contacts which stabilize the interaction of the antibody heavy and light chains. The structures and locations of immunoglobulin CDRs and variable domains may be determined by reference to Kabat, E. A. et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest. 4th Edition. US Department of Health and Human Services. 1987, and updates thereof, now available on the Internet (immuno.bme.nwu.edu).
[0088] A “monoclonal antibody" refers to a homogeneous antibody population wherein the monoclonal antibody is comprised of amino acids (naturally occurring and non-naturally occurring) that are involved in the selective binding of an epitope. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single epitope. The term "monoclonal antibody" encompasses not only intact monoclonal antibodies and full-length monoclonal antibodies, but also fragments thereof (such as Fab, Fab', F(ab')2, Fv), single chain (scFv), VHH, variants thereof, fusion proteins comprising an antigen-binding fragment of a monoclonal antibody, humanized monoclonal antibodies, chimeric monoclonal antibodies, and any other modified configuration of the immunoglobulin molecule that comprises an antigen- binding fragment
(epitope recognition site) of the required specificity and the ability to bind to an epitope, including multicomponent WNT molecules disclosed herein. It is not intended to be limited as regards the source of the antibody or the manner in which it is made (e.g., by hybridoma, phage selection, recombinant expression, transgenic animals, etc.). The term includes whole immunoglobulins as well as the fragments etc. described above under the definition of "antibody"
[0089] The term “co-receptor” refers to a first cell surface receptor that binds signaling molecule or ligand in conjunction with another receptor to facilitate ligand recognition and initiate a biological process, such as WNT pathway signaling.
[0090] The term "agonist activity" refers to the ability of an agonist to mimic the effect or activity of a naturally occurring protein.
[0091] As used herein “peptide linker” or “linker moiety” refers to a sequence of sometimes repeating amino acid residues, usually glycine and serine, that are used to join the various antigen binding domains described below. The length of the linker sequence determines the flexibility of the antigen binding domains in MsAbs, in particular, in the binding of epitopes on co-receptors such as FZD receptors, LRP5 and/or LRP6, and/or ZNRF3/RNF43.
[0092] As used herein, the term "enhances" refers to a measurable increase in the level of receptor signaling modulated by a ligand or ligand agonist compared with the level in the absence of the agonist, e.g., a multicomponent WNT molecule. In particular embodiments, the increase in the level of receptor signaling is at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 50%, at least two-fold, at least five-fold, at least 10-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 50- fold, or at least 100- fold as compared to the level of receptor signaling in the absence of the agonist, e.g., in the same cell type.
[0093] An antigen or epitope that "specifically binds" or "preferentially binds" (used interchangeably herein) to an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof is a term well understood in the art, and methods to determine such specific or preferential binding are also well known in the art. A molecule, e.g., a multicomponent WNT molecule, is said to exhibit "specific binding" or "preferential binding" if it reacts or associates more frequently, more rapidly, with greater duration and/or with greater affinity with a particular cell or substance than it does with alternative cells or substances. A molecule or binding region thereof, e.g., a multicomponent WNT molecule or binding region thereof, "specifically binds" or "preferentially binds" to a target antigen, e.g., a FZD receptor, if it binds with greater affinity,
avidity, more readily, and/or with greater duration than it binds to other substances. It is also understood by reading this definition that, for example, a multicomponent WNT molecule or binding region thereof that specifically or preferentially binds to a first target may or may not specifically or preferentially bind to a second target. As such, "specific binding" or "preferential binding" does not necessarily require (although it can include) exclusive binding. Generally, but not necessarily, reference to binding means preferential binding.
[0094] The term "operably linked" means that the components to which the term is applied are in a relationship that allows them to carry out their inherent functions under suitable conditions. For example, a transcription control sequence "operably linked" to a protein coding sequence is ligated thereto so that expression of the protein coding sequence is achieved under conditions compatible with the transcriptional activity of the control sequences.
[0095] The term "control sequence" as used herein refers to polynucleotide sequences that can affect expression, processing or intracellular localization of coding sequences to which they are ligated or operably linked. The nature of such control sequences may depend upon the host organism. In particular embodiments, transcription control sequences for prokaryotes may include a promoter, ribosomal binding site, and transcription termination sequence. In other particular embodiments, transcription control sequences for eukaryotes may include promoters comprising one or a plurality of recognition sites for transcription factors, transcription enhancer sequences, transcription termination sequences and polyadenylation sequences. In certain embodiments, "control sequences" can include leader sequences and/or fusion partner sequences.
[0096] The term "polynucleotide" as referred to herein means single- stranded or doublestranded nucleic acid polymers. In certain embodiments, the nucleotides comprising the polynucleotide can be ribonucleotides or deoxyribonucleotides or a modified form of either type of nucleotide. Said modifications include base modifications such as bromouridine, ribose modifications such as arabinoside and 2',3'-dideoxyribose and intemucleotide linkage modifications such as phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phoshoraniladate and phosphoroamidate. The term "polynucleotide" specifically includes single and double stranded forms of DNA.
[0097] The term "naturally occurring nucleotides" includes deoxyribonucleotides and ribonucleotides. The term "modified nucleotides" includes nucleotides with modified or substituted sugar groups and the like. The term "oligonucleotide linkages" includes
oligonucleotide linkages such as phosphorothioate, phosphorodithioate, phosphoroselenoate, phosphorodiselenoate, phosphoroanilothioate, phoshoraniladate, phosphoroamidate, and the like. See, e.g., LaPlanche et al. (1986) Nucl. Acids Res. 14:9081; Stec et al. (1984) J. Am. Chem. Soc. 106:6077; Stein et al. (1988) Nucl. Acids Res. 16:3209; Zon et al. (1991) Anti-Cancer Drug Design, 6:539; Zon et al. (1991) Oligonucleotides and Analogues: A Practical Approach, pp. 87-108 (F. Eckstein, Ed.), Oxford University Press, Oxford England; Stec et al., U.S. Pat. No. 5,151,510; Uhlmann and Peyman (1990) Chem. Rev. 90:543, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated by reference for any purpose. An oligonucleotide can include a detectable label to enable detection of the oligonucleotide or hybridization thereof.
[0098] The term "vector" is used to refer to any molecule (e.g., nucleic acid, plasmid, or virus) used to transfer coding information to a host cell. The term "expression vector" refers to a vector that is suitable for transformation of a host cell and contains nucleic acid sequences that direct and/or control expression of inserted heterologous nucleic acid sequences. Expression includes, but is not limited to, processes such as transcription, translation, and RNA splicing, if introns are present.
[0099] The term "host cell" is used to refer to a cell into which has been introduced, or which is capable of having introduced into it, a nucleic acid sequence encoding one or more of the herein described polypeptides, and which further expresses or is capable of expressing a selected gene of interest, such as a gene encoding any herein described polypeptide. The term includes the progeny of the parent cell, whether or not the progeny are identical in morphology or in genetic make-up to the original parent, so long as the selected gene is present. Accordingly, there is also contemplated a method comprising introducing such nucleic acid into a host cell. The introduction may employ any available technique. For eukaryotic cells, suitable techniques may include calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-Dextran, electroporation, liposome- mediated transfection and transduction using retrovirus or other virus, e.g., vaccinia or, for insect cells, baculovirus. For bacterial cells, suitable techniques may include calcium chloride transformation, electroporation and transfection using bacteriophage. The introduction may be followed by causing or allowing expression from the nucleic acid, e.g., by culturing host cells under conditions for expression of the gene. In one embodiment, the nucleic acid is integrated into the genome (e.g., chromosome) of the host cell. Integration may be promoted by inclusion of sequences which promote recombination with the genome, in accordance-with standard techniques.
[0100] The term "transfection" is used to refer to the uptake of foreign or exogenous DNA by a cell, and a cell has been "transfected" when the exogenous DNA has been introduced inside the cell membrane. A number of transfection techniques are well known in the art and are disclosed herein. See, e.g., Graham et al., 1973, Virology 52:456; Sambrook et al., 2001, MOLECULAR CLONING, A LABORATORY MANUAL, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratories; Davis et al., 1986, BASIC METHODS IN MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, Elsevier; and Chu et al., 1981, Gene 13: 197. Such techniques can be used to introduce one or more exogenous DNA moieties into suitable host cells.
[0101] Transduction" refers to the acquisition and transfer of eukaryotic cellular sequences by viruses, e.g., retroviruses.
[0102] The term "transformation" as used herein refers to a change in a cell's genetic characteristics, and a cell has been transformed when it has been modified to contain a new DNA. For example, a cell is transformed where it is genetically modified from its native state. Following transfection or transduction, the transforming DNA may recombine with that of the cell by physically integrating into a chromosome of the cell, or may be maintained transiently as an episomal element without being replicated, or may replicate independently as a plasmid. A cell is considered to have been stably transformed when the DNA is replicated with the division of the cell.
[0103] The term "naturally occurring" or "native" when used in connection with biological materials such as nucleic acid molecules, polypeptides, host cells, and the like, refers to materials which are found in nature and are not manipulated by a human. Similarly, "non- naturally occurring" or "non-native" as used herein refers to a material that is not found in nature or that has been structurally modified or synthesized by a human.
[0104] The terms "polypeptide" "protein" and "peptide" and "glycoprotein" are used interchangeably and mean a polymer of amino acids not limited to any particular length. The term does not exclude modifications such as myristylation, sulfation, glycosylation, phosphorylation and addition or deletion of signal sequences. The terms "polypeptide" or "protein" means one or more chains of amino acids, wherein each chain comprises amino acids covalently linked by peptide bonds, and wherein said polypeptide or protein can comprise a plurality of chains non-covalently and/or covalently linked together by peptide bonds, having the sequence of native proteins, that is, proteins produced by naturally-occurring and specifically non-recombinant cells, or genetically-engineered or recombinant cells, and
comprise molecules having the amino acid sequence of the native protein, or molecules having deletions from, additions to, and/or substitutions of one or more amino acids of the native sequence. The terms "polypeptide" and "protein" specifically encompass multicomponent WNT molecules, FZD binding regions thereof, LRP5/6 binding regions thereof, antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof that bind to a FZD receptor or a LRP5 or LRP6 receptor disclosed herein, or sequences that have deletions from, additions to, and/or substitutions of one or more amino acid of any of these polypeptides. Thus, a "polypeptide" or a "protein" can comprise one (termed "a monomer") or a plurality (termed "a multimer") of amino acid chains. Polypeptides and proteins include glycoproteins.
[0105] The term "isolated protein,” “or “isolated antibody” referred to herein means that a subject protein, multicomponent molecule, or antibody: (1) is free of at least some other proteins with which it would typically be found in nature; (2) is essentially free of other proteins from the same source, e.g., from the same species, (3) is expressed by a cell from a different species; (4) has been separated from at least about 50 percent of polynucleotides, lipids, carbohydrates, or other materials with which it is associated in nature; (5) is not associated (by covalent or noncovalent interaction) with portions of a protein with which the "isolated protein" is associated in nature; (6) is operably associated (by covalent or noncovalent interaction) with a polypeptide with which it is not associated in nature; or (7) does not occur in nature. Such an isolated protein can be encoded by genomic DNA, cDNA, mRNA or other RNA, or may be of synthetic origin, or any combination thereof. In certain embodiments, an isolated protein may comprise naturally-occurring and/or artificial polypeptide sequences. In certain embodiments, the isolated protein is substantially free from proteins or polypeptides or other contaminants that are found in its natural environment that would interfere with its use (therapeutic, diagnostic, prophylactic, research or otherwise).
[0106] A “WNT super agonist” is a molecule having enhanced WNT agonist activity. As used herein, the WNT super agonists have both WNT signaling and WNT signal enhancing activity. In some embodiments, the WNT super agonist molecule will bind both at least one FZD receptor and at least one LRP receptor, as well as binding and activating at least one E3 ubiquitin ligase receptor, thereby stabilizing the FZD and/or LRP receptors.
II. General
[0107] The present invention provides combinations of antigen binding molecules that act as multicomponent polypeptide and enhancing molecules by binding to and modulating co-
receptor signaling, for example, antigen binding molecules that bind to one or more FZD receptor and one or more LRP5 or LRP6 receptor, and a bridging receptor, which in turn modulates a downstream WNT signaling pathway. In particular embodiments, the multicomponent complex activates or increases a signaling pathway associated with one or both co-receptors by homo- or hetero-dimerization after interaction of a bridging element with the bridging receptor. In particular embodiments, the multicomponent polypeptide molecules disclosed herein comprise: (i) one or more antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof that specifically bind to one or more first co-receptor, including antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof having particular co-receptor specificity and/or functional properties; and (ii) one or more antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof that specifically bind to one or more second co-receptors, and one or more bridging molecule that bind to one or more bridging receptor. Certain embodiments encompass specific structural formats or arrangements of the first and second co-receptor binding region(s) of the multicomponent molecules advantageous in increasing downstream signaling and related biological effects.
[0108] The practice of the present invention will employ, unless indicated specifically to the contrary, conventional methods of virology, immunology, microbiology, molecular biology and recombinant DNA techniques within the skill of the art, many of which are described below for the purpose of illustration. Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. See, e.g., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology or Current Protocols in Immunology, John Wiley & Sons, New York, N.Y.(2009); Ausubel et al., Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 3rd ed., Wiley & Sons, 1995; Sambrook and Russell, Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (3rd Edition, 2001); Maniatis et al. Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual (1982); DNA Cloning: A Practical Approach, vol. I & II (D. Glover, ed.); Oligonucleotide Synthesis (N. Gait, ed., 1984); Nucleic Acid Hybridization (B. Hames & S. Higgins, eds., 1985); Transcription and Translation (B. Hames & S. Higgins, eds., 1984); Animal Cell Culture (R. Freshney, ed., 1986); Perbal, A Practical Guide to Molecular Cloning (1984) and other like references.
[0109] Sequences of illustrative antibodies, or antigen-binding fragments, or complementarity determining regions (CDRs) thereof, that bind to one or more FZD receptors, are set forth in WO2019126399. Sequences of illustrative LRP5 and/or LRP6 antibodies, or antigen-binding fragments, or complementarity determining regions (CDRs) thereof, are set forth in W02019126401. Sequences of antigen binding molecules that bind one or more FZD receptor and LRP5 and/or LRP6 are set forth in U.S. Provisional application nos. 62/607,875,
62/641,217, and 62/680,522, titled WNT Signaling Pathway Agonists, filed December 19, 2017, March 9, 2018, and June 4, 2018, respectively.
[0110] Antibodies and antibody fragments thereof may be prepared by methods well known in the art. For example, the proteolytic enzyme papain preferentially cleaves IgG molecules to yield several fragments, two of which (the F(ab) fragments) each comprise a covalent heterodimer that includes an intact antigen-binding site. The enzyme pepsin is able to cleave IgG molecules to provide several fragments, including the F(ab')2 fragment which comprises both antigen-binding sites. An Fv fragment for use according to certain embodiments of the present invention can be produced by preferential proteolytic cleavage of an IgM, and on rare occasions of an IgG or IgA immunoglobulin molecule. Fv fragments are, however, more commonly derived using recombinant techniques known in the art. The Fv fragment includes a non-covalent VH: VL heterodimer including an antigen-binding site which retains much of the antigen recognition and binding capabilities of the native antibody molecule. (See, e.g., Inbar et al. (1972) Proc. Nat. Acad. Set. USA 69:2659-2662,' Hochman et al. (1976) Biochem 15:2266- 2710; and Ehrlich et al. (1980) Biochem 79:4091-4096).
[OHl] In certain embodiments, single chain Fv or scFV antibodies are contemplated. For example, Kappa bodies (Ill etal. (1997), ro/. Eng. 10: 949-57; minibodies (Martin etal. (1994) EMBO J 13: 5305-9; diabodies (Holliger et al. (1993) PNAS 90: 6444-8; or janusins (Traunecker et a/. ( 1991 ) EMBO J 10: 3655-59; and Traunecker et al. (1992) Int. J. Cancer Suppl. 7: 51-52.), may be prepared using standard molecular biology techniques following the teachings of the present application with regard to selecting antibodies having the desired specificity. In still other embodiments, bispecific or chimeric antibodies may be made that encompass the ligands of the present disclosure. For example, a chimeric antibody may comprise CDRs and framework regions from different antibodies, while bispecific antibodies may be generated that bind specifically to one or more FZD receptor through one binding domain and to a second molecule through a second binding domain and bridging molecule with identical or different bridging epitopes for the first or second binding domains. These antibodies may be produced through recombinant molecular biological techniques or may be physically conjugated together.
[0112] A single chain Fv (scFv) polypeptide is a covalently linked VH::VL heterodimer which is expressed from a gene fusion including VH- and VL- encoding genes linked by an encoded peptide linker. Huston et al. (1988) Proc. Nat. Acad. Set. USA S5(16):5879-5883. A number of methods have been described to discern chemical structures for converting the
naturally aggregated — but chemically separated — light and heavy polypeptide chains from an antibody V region into an scFv molecule which will fold into a three dimensional structure substantially similar to the structure of an antigen-binding site. See, e.g, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,091,513 and 5,132,405, to Huston et al., ' and U.S. Pat. No. 4,946,778, to Ladner et al.
[0113] In certain embodiments, an antibody as described herein is in the form of a diabody. Diabodies are multimers of polypeptides, each polypeptide comprising a first domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin light chain and a second domain comprising a binding region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, the two domains being linked (e.g by a peptide linker) but unable to associate with each other to form an antigen binding site: antigen binding sites are formed by the association of the first domain of one polypeptide within the multimer with the second domain of another polypeptide within the multimer (WO94/13804). A dAb fragment of an antibody consists of a VH domain (Ward, E. S. et al. (1989) Nature 341 :544-546).
[0114] Where bispecific antibodies are to be used, these may be conventional bispecific antibodies, which can be manufactured in a variety of ways (Holliger, P. and Winter G. (1993) Curr. Op. Biotechnol. 4:446-449), e.g., prepared chemically or from hybrid hybridomas, or may be any of the bispecific antibody fragments mentioned above. Diabodies and scFv can be constructed without an Fc region, using only variable domains, potentially reducing the effects of anti-idiotypic reaction.
[0115] Bispecific diabodies, as opposed to bispecific whole antibodies, may also be particularly useful because they can be readily constructed and expressed in E. coli. Diabodies (and many other polypeptides such as antibody fragments) of appropriate binding specificities can be readily selected using phage display (WO94/13804) from libraries. If one arm of the diabody is to be kept constant, for instance, with a specificity directed against antigen X, then a library can be made where the other arm is varied and an antibody of appropriate specificity selected. Bispecific whole antibodies may be made by knobs-into-holes engineering (J. B. B. Ridgeway et al. (1996) Protein Eng., 9:616- 621).
[0116] In certain embodiments, the antibodies described herein may be provided in the form of a UniBody®. A UniBody® is an IgG4 antibody with the hinge region removed (see GenMab Utrecht, The Netherlands; see also, e.g., US20090226421). This proprietary antibody technology creates a stable, smaller antibody format with an anticipated longer therapeutic window than current small antibody formats. IgG4 antibodies are considered inert and thus do
not interact with the immune system. Fully human IgG4 antibodies may be modified by eliminating the hinge region of the antibody to obtain half-molecule fragments having distinct stability properties relative to the corresponding intact IgG4 (GenMab, Utrecht). Halving the IgG4 molecule leaves only one area on the UniBody® that can bind to cognate antigens (e.g., disease targets) and the UniBody® therefore binds univalently to only one site on target cells.
[0117] In certain embodiments, the antibodies of the present disclosure may take the form of a single variable domain fragment known as a VHH. The VHH technology was originally developed following the discovery and identification that camelidae (e.g., camels and llamas) possess fully functional antibodies that consist of heavy chains only and therefore lack light chains. These heavy-chain only antibodies contain a single VHH domain and two constant domains (CH2, CH3). The cloned and isolated VHH domains have full antigen binding capacity and are very stable. These VHH domains are encoded by single genes and are efficiently produced in almost all prokaryotic and eukaryotic hosts e.g., E. coll (see e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 6,765,087), molds (for example Aspergillus or Trichodermd) and yeast (for example Saccharomyces, Kluyvermyces, Hansenula or Pichia (see e.g. U.S. Pat. No. 6,838,254). The production process is scalable and multi-kilogram quantities of VHHs have been produced. VHHs may be formulated as a ready -to-use solution having a long shelflife. The Nanoclone® method (see, e.g., WO 06/079372) is a proprietary method for generating VHHs against a desired target, based on automated high-throughput selection of B-cells. VHH antibodies typically have a small size of around 15 kDa.
[0118] In certain embodiments, the antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof as disclosed herein are humanized. This refers to a chimeric molecule, generally prepared using recombinant techniques, having an antigen- binding site derived from an immunoglobulin from a non-human species and the remaining immunoglobulin structure of the molecule based upon the structure and/or sequence of a human immunoglobulin. The antigen-binding site may comprise either complete variable domains fused onto constant domains or only the CDRs grafted onto appropriate framework regions in the variable domains. Epitope binding sites may be wild type or modified by one or more amino acid substitutions. This eliminates the constant region as an immunogen in human individuals, but the possibility of an immune response to the foreign variable region remains (LoBuglio, A. F. et al., (1989 Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 86:4220-4224; Queen et al. (1988) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 86: 10029-10033; and Riechmann et al. (1988) Nature 332:323-327). Illustrative methods for humanization of the anti- FZD antibodies disclosed herein include the methods described in U.S. patent no. 7,462,697.
[0119] Another approach focuses not only on providing human-derived constant regions, but modifying the variable regions as well so as to reshape them as closely as possible to human form. It is known that the variable regions of both heavy and light chains contain three complementarity- determining regions (CDRs) which vary in response to the epitopes in question and determine binding capability, flanked by four framework regions (FRs) which are relatively conserved in a given species and which putatively provide a scaffolding for the CDRs. When nonhuman antibodies are prepared with respect to a particular epitope, the variable regions can be "reshaped" or "humanized" by grafting CDRs derived from nonhuman antibody on the FRs present in the human antibody to be modified. Application of this approach to various antibodies has been reported by Sato, K., et al., (1993) Cancer Res 53:851-856. Riechmann, L., et al., (1988) supra, Verhoeyen, M., et al., (1988) Science 239: 1534-1536; Kettleborough, C. A., et al., (1991) Protein Engg 4:773-3783; Maeda, H., et al., (1991) Human Antibodies Hybridoma 2: 124-134; Gorman, S. D., et al., (1991) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 88:4181-4185; Tempest, P. R., et al., (1991) Bio/Technol. 9:266-271; Co, M. S., et al., (1991) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 88:2869-2873; Carter, P., et al., (1992) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 89:4285-4289; and Co, M. S. et al., (1992) J Immunol 148: 1149-1154. In some embodiments, humanized antibodies preserve all CDR sequences (for example, a humanized mouse antibody which contains all six CDRs from the mouse antibodies). In other embodiments, humanized antibodies have one or more CDRs (one, two, three, four, five, six) which are altered with respect to the original antibody, which are also termed one or more CDRs "derived from" one or more CDRs from the original antibody.
[0120] In certain embodiments, the antibodies of the present disclosure may be chimeric antibodies. In this regard, a chimeric antibody is comprised of an antigen-binding fragment of an antibody operably linked or otherwise fused to a heterologous Fc portion of a different antibody. In certain embodiments, the heterologous Fc domain is of human origin. In other embodiments, the heterologous Fc domain may be from a different Ig class from the parent antibody, including IgA (including subclasses IgAl and IgA2), IgD, IgE, IgG (including subclasses IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4), and IgM. In further embodiments, the heterologous Fc domain may be comprised of CH2 and CH3 domains from one or more of the different Ig classes. As noted above with regard to humanized antibodies, the antigen-binding fragment of a chimeric antibody may comprise only one or more of the CDRs of the antibodies described herein (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, or 6 CDRs of the antibodies described herein), or may comprise an entire variable domain (VL, VH or both).
III. Structures of Multicomponent Receptor Complexes
[0121] The disclosure provides, in certain aspects, a cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide having a one or more first antigen binding domain that binds to a first receptor, a one or more second antigen binding domain that binds to a second receptor, and one or more different antigen binding domain that binds to one or more bridging molecule that activates the signaling pathways.
[0122] In certain illustrative embodiments of the tissue-specific bridging molecules disclosed herein: the tissue is bone tissue, and the cell surface receptor is parathyroid hormone receptor 1 (PTH1R); or the tissue is liver tissue, and the cell surface receptor is asialoglycoprotein receptor 1 (ASGR1), asialoglycoprotein receptor 2 (ASGR2), transferrin receptor 2 (TFR2) or solute carrier family 10 member 1 (SLC10A1), or the tissue is oral mucous tissue, and the cell surface receptor is LY6/PLAUR Domain Containing 3 (LYPD3) or Desmoglein 3 (DSG3).
[0123] In certain illustrative embodiments of the tissue-specific bridging molecules disclosed herein: the cell surface molecule is a PTH1, and at least one different antigen binding domain specifically binds PTH1R; the cell surface molecule is ASGR1, and at least one different antigen binding domain specifically binds ASGR1; the cell surface molecule is ASGR2, and third binding at least one different antigen binding domain binds ASGR2; the cell surface molecule is SLC10A1, and at least one different antigen binding domain specifically binds SLC10A1; or the cell surface molecule is TFR2, and at least one different antigen binding domain specifically binds TFR2, the cell surface molecule is LYPD3, and at least one different antigen binding domain specifically binds LYPD3; or the cell surface molecule is DSG3, at least one different antigen binding domain sequence specifically binds DSG3, at least one different antigen binding domain is an antibody or fragment thereof, a small molecule, or a ligand, or fragment or variant thereof, of the cell surface molecule.
[0124] In certain embodiment, the tethering of the targeting element or the bridging molecule to the activity element or the ensemble of the first antigen binding domain that binds to a first receptor, a one or more second antigen binding domain that binds to a second receptor, increase the local concentration of the activity element on the desired target cell surface, by engagement of signaling receptor and subsequent intracellular signaling activation. Thus, the tethering of the first and second binding domains to the bridging receptor forms a chimeric activator capable of activating the targeted cell signaling.
[0125] In certain embodiments, a multicomponent molecule is capable of modulating signaling events associated with at least one of the co-receptors that it binds, in a cell contacted with the multicomponent polypeptide molecule. In certain embodiments, the multicomponent polypeptide molecule increases receptor signaling. As an example, a WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule specifically modulates the biological activity of a human WNT/p-catenin signaling pathway.
[0126] Multicomponent polypeptide molecules of the present invention are biologically active in binding to one or more of a first receptor and to one or more of a second receptor, and as an example, in the activation of WNT signaling, the WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule is a WNT agonist. The term "agonist activity" refers to the ability of an agonist to mimic the effect or activity of a naturally occurring protein binding to a first and second receptor. The ability of the multicomponent polypeptide molecules and other receptor agonists disclosed herein to mimic the activity of the natural ligand can be confirmed by a number of assays. As an example, WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecules, some of which are disclosed herein activate, enhance or increase the canonical WNT/p-catenin signaling pathway.
[0127] In particular embodiments, the structures of the multicomponent polypeptide molecules disclosed herein are bispecific, i.e., they specifically bind to two or more different epitopes, e.g., one or more epitopes of a first receptor, and one or more epitopes of a second receptor.
[0128] In particular embodiments, multicomponent molecules disclosed herein are multivalent, e.g., they comprise two or more regions that each specifically bind to the same epitope, e.g., two or more regions that bind to an epitope within one or more first co-receptor and/or two or more regions that bind to an epitope within a second co-receptor. In particular embodiments, they comprise two or more regions that bind to an epitope within a first co- receptor and two or more regions that bind to an epitope within a second co-receptor. In certain embodiments, multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprise a ratio of the number of regions that bind one or more first co-receptor to the number of regions that a second co- receptor of or about: 1 : 1, 2: 1, 3: 1, 4: 1, 5: 1, 6: 1, 2:3, 2:5, 2:7, 7:2, 5:2, 3:2, 3:4, 3:5, 3:7, 3:8, 8:3, 7:3, 5:3, 4:3, 4:5, 4:7, 4:9, 9:4, 7:4, 5:4, 6:7, 7:6, 1 :2, 1 :3, 1 :4, 1 :5, or 1 :6. In certain embodiments, the multicomponent polypeptide molecules are bispecific and multivalent.
[0129] In particular embodiment, the multicomponent WNT molecule described herein, are bispecific and can simultaneously bind to FZDs and LRPs binding domains. The optimal
stoichiometry (at least for the antibody based molecules) are tetravalent bispecific (2:2 format), requiring two FZD binders and two LRP binders in the same molecule to achieve efficient signaling (Tao et al., 2019, Chen et al., 2020). Taking advantage of the fact that two FZD binders alone, two LRP binders alone, or a molecule with one FZD binder and one LRP binder (1 :1 format) do not signal. Cell specificity is achieved by attaching an “targeting element” (capable of binding to another cell surface receptor, called a bridging receptor here) to these three inactive molecules, and signaling competent receptor complexes consisting of two FZDs and two LRPs could then be assemble via the bridging receptor on the target cell surface. This approach reduces or eliminates the need to mutate and reduce the affinity of the “active elements” toward signaling receptors, and creates a highly cell specific activation of the signaling pathway as the individual components are inactive. In particular embodiments, the antigen binding domain(s) binds to a signaling receptor or a signaling receptor component.
[0130] The structures of the multicomponent polypeptide molecules disclosed herein may have any of a variety of different structural formats or configurations. The multicomponent polypeptide molecules may comprise polypeptides and/or non-polypeptide binding moieties, e.g., small molecules. In particular embodiments, the multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprise both a polypeptide region and a non-polypeptide binding moiety. In certain embodiments, the multicomponent polypeptide molecules may comprise a single polypeptide, or they may comprise two or more, three or more, or four or more polypeptides.
[0131] In certain embodiments, one or more polypeptides of a multicomponent polypeptide molecule are antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof. In certain embodiments, surrogates comprise two antibodies or antigen binding fragments thereof, one that binds one or more first co-receptor and one that binds on or more second co-receptor. In certain embodiments, the molecules, e.g., surrogates, comprise one, two, three, or four polypeptides, e.g., linked or bound to each other or fused to each other.
[0132] When the multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprise a single polypeptide, they may be a fusion protein comprising one or more first co-receptor binding domain and one or more second co-receptor binding domain and one or more bridging binding domains. The binding domains may be directly fused or they may be connected via a linker, e.g., a polypeptide linker, including but not limited to any of those disclosed herein.
[0133] When the multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprise two or more polypeptides, the polypeptides may be linked via covalent bonds, such as, e.g., disulfide bonds,
and/or noncovalent interactions. For example, heavy chains of human immunoglobulin IgG interact at the level of their CH3 domains directly, whereas, at the level of their CH2 domains, they interact via the carbohydrate attached to the asparagine (Asn) N84.4 in the DE turn. In particular embodiments, the multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprise one or more regions derived from an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, e.g., antibody heavy chains or antibody light chains or fragments thereof. In certain embodiments, a surrogate polypeptide comprises two antibody heavy chain regions (e.g., hinge regions) bound together via one or more disulfide bond. In certain embodiments, a surrogate polypeptide comprises an antibody light chain region (e.g., a CL region) and an antibody heavy chain region (e.g., a CHI region) bound together via one or more disulfide bond.
[0134] The multicomponent molecules, e.g., surrogate polypeptides, may be engineered to facilitate binding between two polypeptides. For example, Knob-into-holes amino acid modifications may be introduced into two different polypeptides to facilitate their binding. Knobs-into-holes amino acid (AA) changes is a rational design strategy developed in antibody engineering, used for heterodimerization of the heavy chains, in the production of bispecific IgG antibodies. AA changes are engineered in order to create a knob on the CH3 of the heavy chains from a first antibody and a hole on the CH3 of the heavy chains of a second antibody. The knob may be represented by a tyrosine (Y) that belongs to the 'very large' IMGT volume class of AA, whereas the hole may be represented by a threonine (T) that belongs to the 'small' IMGT volume class. Other means of introducing modifications into polypeptides to facilitate their binding are known and available in the art. For example, specific amino acids may be introduced and used for cross-linking, such as Cysteine to form an intermolecular disulfide bond.
[0135] Multicomponent molecules may have a variety of different structural formats, including but not limited to those as described in WO2019126398 and W02020010308.
[0136] In one embodiment, a multicomponent molecule comprises an scFv or antigenbinding fragment thereof fused to a VHH or antigen-binding fragment thereof. In certain embodiments, the scFv specifically binds one or more first receptor, and the VHH specifically binds to one or more second receptor. In certain embodiments, the scFv specifically binds LRP5 and/or LRP6, and the VHH specifically binds one or more FZD receptor. In particular embodiments, the scFv or antigen-binding fragment thereof is fused directly to the VHH or antigen-binding fragment thereof, whereas in other embodiments, the two binding regions are fused via a linker moiety. In particular embodiments, the VHH is fused or linked to the N-
terminus of the scFV, while in other embodiments, the VHH is fused to the C-terminus of the scFv.
[0137] In various embodiments, including but not limited to those depicted in WO2019126398, W02020010308, Table 2, Table 3, and Figures 1-3, a multicomponent polypeptide molecule comprises one or more Fab or antigen-binding fragment thereof and one or more VHH or antigen- binding fragment thereof (or alternatively, one or more scFv or antigen-binding fragment thereof). In certain embodiments, the Fab specifically binds one or more FZD receptor, and the VHH (or scFv) specifically binds LRP5 and/or LRP6. In certain embodiments, the Fab specifically binds LRP5 and/or LRP6, and the VHH (or scFv) specifically binds one or more FZD receptor. In certain embodiments, the VHH (or scFv) is fused to the N- terminus of the Fab, while in some embodiments, the VHH (or scFv) is fused to the C-terminus of the Fab. In particular embodiments, the Fab is present in a full IgG format, and the VHH (or scFv) is fused to the N-terminus and/or C-terminus of the IgG light chain. In particular embodiments, the Fab is present in a full IgG format, and the VHH (or scFv) is fused to the N-terminus and/or C-terminus of the IgG heavy chain.
[0138] In particular embodiments, two or more VHHs (or scFvs) are fused to the IgG at any combination of these locations.
[0139] Fabs may be converted into a full IgG format that includes both the Fab and Fc fragments, for example, using genetic engineering to generate a fusion polypeptide comprising the Fab fused to an Fc region, i.e., the Fab is present in a full IgG format. The Fc region for the full IgG format may be derived from any of a variety of different Fes, including but not limited to, a wild-type or modified IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4 or other isotype, e.g., wild-type or modified human IgGl, human IgG2, human IgG3, human IgG4, human IgG4Pro (comprising a mutation in core hinge region that prevents the formation of IgG4 half molecules), human IgA, human IgE, human IgM, or the modified IgGl referred to as IgGl LALAPG. The L235A, P329G (LALA-PG) variant has been shown to eliminate complement binding and fixation as well as Fc-y dependent antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxity (ADCC) in both murine IgG2a and human IgGl. These LALA-PG substitutions allow a more accurate translation of results generated with an “effectorless” antibody framework scaffold between mice and primates. In particular embodiments of any of the IgG disclosed herein, the IgG comprises one or more of the following amino acid substitutions: N297G, N297A, N297E, L234A, L235A, or P236G.
[0140] Non-limiting examples of bivalent and bispecific multicomponent polypeptide molecules of co-receptors that are bivalent towards both the one or more first receptor and one or more second receptor (e.g., FZD and LRP) are provided as the top four structures depicted in WO2019126398 and W02020010308, where the VHH or scFv is depicted in white or grey, and the Fab or IgG is depicted in black. As shown, the VHH (or scFvs) may be fused to the N- termini of both light chains, to the N-termini of both heavy chains, to the C- termini of both light chains, or to the C-termini of both heavy chains. It is further contemplated, e.g., that VHH (or scFvs) could be fused to both the N-termini and C-termini of the heavy and/or light chains, to the N-termini of the light chains and the heavy chains, to the C-termini of the heavy and light chains, to the N-termini of the heavy chains and C-termini of the light chains, or to the C- termini of the heavy chains and the N-termini of the light chains. In other related embodiments, two or more VHH (or scFvs) may be fused together, optionally via a linker moiety, and fused to the Fab or IgG at one or more of these locations. In a related embodiment, the multicomponent polypeptide molecule has a Hetero-IgG format, whereas the Fab is present as a half antibody, and one or more VHH (or scFv) is fused to one or more of the N-terminus of the Fc, the N-terminus of the Fab, the C-terminus of the Fc, or the C-terminus of the Fab. A bispecific but monovalent to each receptor version of this format is depicted at Figure 6. In certain embodiments, the Fab or antigen-binding fragment (or IgG) thereof is fused directly to the VHH (or scFv) or antigen-binding fragment thereof, whereas in other embodiments, the binding regions are fused via a linker moiety. In particular embodiments, the Fab is described herein or comprises any of the CDR sets described herein.
[0141] In various embodiments, including but not limited to those depicted in WO2019126398, W02020010308, Table 2, Table 3, and Figures 1-3, an antigen binding molecule comprises one or more Fab or antigen-binding fragment thereof that binds one or more first receptor (e.g., FZD receptors) and one or more Fab or antigen -binding fragment thereof that binds to at least one or more second receptor (e.g., LRP5 and/or LRP6). In a particular embodiment, it comprises two Fab or antigen-binding fragments thereof that bind one or more first co-receptor and/or two Fab or antigen-binding fragments thereof that bind to one or more second co-receptor. In further embodiments, one or more of the Fab is present in a full IgG format, and in certain embodiments, both Fab are present in a full IgG format. In certain embodiments, the Fab in full IgG format specifically binds one or more first receptor (e.g., one or more FZD receptor), and the other Fab specifically binds at least one second receptor (e.g., LRP5 and/or LRP6). For example, the Fab specifically binds one or more FZD
receptor, and the Fab in full IgG format specifically binds LRP5 and/or LRP6. In certain embodiments, the Fab specifically binds LRP5 and/or LRP6, and the Fab in full IgG format specifically binds one or more FZD receptor. In certain embodiments, the Fab is fused to the N-terminus of the IgG, e.g., to the heavy chain or light chain N-terminus, optionally via a linker. In certain embodiments, the Fab is fused to the N-terminus of the heavy chain of the IgG and not fused to the light chain. In particular embodiments, the two heavy chains can be fused together directly or via a linker. An example of such a bispecific and bivalent with respect to both receptors is shown in Figure 1 A. In other related embodiments, two or more VHHs may be fused together, optionally via a linker moiety, and fused to the Fab or IgG at one or more of these locations. In a related embodiment, the WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule has a Hetero-IgG format, whereas one of the Fab is present as a half antibody, and the other Fab is fused to one or more of the N-terminus of the Fc, the N-terminus of the Fab, or the C- terminus of the Fc. A bispecific but monovalent to each receptor version of this format is depicted at Figure 6. In certain embodiments, the Fab or antigen-binding fragment thereof is fused directly to the other Fab or IgG or antigen-binding fragment thereof, whereas in other embodiments, the binding regions are fused via a linker moiety. In particular embodiments, the one or both of the two Fabs are described herein or comprise any of the CDR sets described herein.
[0142] In certain embodiments, the antigen binding molecules have a format as described in PCT Application Publication No. WO2017/136820, e.g., a Fabs- in-tandem IgG (FIT-IG) format. Shiyong Gong, Fang Ren, Danqing Wu, Xuan Wu & Chengbin Wu (2017). FIT-IG also include the formats disclosed in, e.g., Gong, et al (2017) mAbs 9: 118-1128. In certain embodiments, FIT-IGs combine the functions of two antibodies into one molecule by rearranging the DNA sequences of two parental monoclonal antibodies into two or three constructs and co-expressing them in mammalian cells. Examples of FIT-IG formats and constructs are provided in FIGS. 1A and IB and FIGS. 2A and 2B of PCT Application Publication No. WO2017/136820. In certain embodiments, FIT-IGs require no Fc mutation; no scFv elements; and no linker or peptide connector. The Fab-domains in each arm work “in tandem” forming a tetravalent bi-specific antibody with four active and independent antigen binding sites that retain the biological function of their parental antibodies In particular embodiments, WNT surrogates comprises a Fab and an IgG. In certain embodiments, the Fab binder LC is fused to the HC of the IgG, e.g., by a linker of various length in between. In various embodiment, the Fab binder HC can be fused or unfused to the LC of the IgG. A variation of this format has been called Fabs-in-tandem IgG (or FIT-Ig).
[0143] In certain embodiments, the WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecules have a format described in PCT Application Publication No. W02009/080251 (Klein et al.), e.g., a CrossMab format. CrossMabs formats are also described in Schaefer et al. (2011) Proc. Natl. Acad. Set USA 108: 11187-11192. The CrossMab format allows correct assembly of two heavy chains and two light chains derived from existing antibodies to form a bispecific, bivalent IgG antibodies. The technology is based on the cross over the antibody domain within one Fabarm of a bispecific IgG antibody in order to enable correct chain association. Various portions of the Fab can be exchanged, e.g., the entire Fab, the variable heavy and light chains, or the CHI -CL chains can be exchanged.
[0144] In further embodiments of the present invention, the FiT-Ig and CrossMab technologies are combined to create a multispecific, multivalent antigen binding molecule, Cross-FiT, as depicted in Figure 1 A and Table 2. Also contemplated is a linker between the crossed CL domain of the Fab and the Ig domains rather than between the CHI and Ig domains. Additional antigen binding fragments, e.g., Fabs, VHH/sdAbs, and/or scFvs, can be appended to the Cross-FiT structure at various sites, e.g., the heavy or light chains and/or the C-terminus of the Fc domain to create multispecific antibodies.
[0145] In particular embodiments, multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprise two or more VHHs/sdAbs (or scFvs), including at least one that binds one or more first receptor and at least one that binds at least one second receptor. In certain embodiments, one of the binding regions is a VHH/sdAbs and the other is an scFv. Multicomponent polypeptide molecules comprising two or more VHH/sdAbs (or scFvs) may be formatted in a variety of configurations, including but not limited to those depicted in WO2019126398 and W02020010308 . In certain bispecific, bivalent formats, two or more VHH/sdAbs (or scFvs) are fused in tandem or fused to two different ends of an Fc, optionally via one or more linkers. Where linkers are present, the linker and its length may be the same or different between the VHH/sdAb (or scFv) and the other VHH/sdAb (or scFv), or between the VHH and Fc. For example, in certain embodiments, the VHH/sdAb is fused to the N-terminus, at either the heavy or light chain, and/or C-terminus of the IgG heavy chain. In particular embodiments, two or more VHH/sdAbs are fused to the IgG at any combination of these locations. In various embodiments, both VHH/sdAbs may be fused to the N-termini of the Fc, to the C-termini of the Fc, or one or more VHH/sdAb may be fused to either or both of an N-terminus or C- terminus of the Fc. In a related embodiment, the multicomponent polypeptide molecule has a Hetero-IgG format, whereas one VHH/sdAb is present as a half antibody, and the other is fused
to the N-terminus of the Fc or the C-terminus of the Fc.. In certain embodiments, the VHH/sdAb is fused directly to the other VHH/sdAb whereas in other embodiments, the binding regions are fused via a linker moiety. In particular embodiments, the VHH/sdAb are described herein or comprises any of the CDR sets described herein. In various embodiments, any of these formats may comprise one or more scFvs in place of one or more VHH/sdAbs.
[0146] In certain embodiments, a multicomponent polypeptide molecule is formatted as a diabody. The binders against the two co-receptors can also be linked together in a diabody (or DART) configuration. The diabody can also be in a single chain configuration. If the diabody is fused to an Fc, this will create a bivalent bispecific format. Without fusion to Fc, this would be a monovalent bispecific format. In certain embodiments, a diabody is a noncovalent dimer scFv fragment that consists of the heavy-chain variable (VH) and light-chain variable (VL) regions connected by a small peptide linker. Another form of diabody is a single-chain (Fv)2 in which two scFv fragments are covalently linked to each other.
[0147] As discussed, the multicomponent polypeptide molecules, in various embodiments, comprise one or more antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof disclosed herein. Thus, in particular embodiments, the surrogate comprises two polypeptides, wherein each polypeptide comprises an Nab or scFv that binds at least one first co-receptor and an Nab or scFv that binds at least one second co-receptor, optionally wherein one of the binding domains is an scFv and the other is an Nab. In certain embodiments, a surrogate comprises three polypeptides, wherein the first polypeptide comprises an antibody heavy chain and the second polypeptide comprises an antibody light chain, wherein the antibody heavy chain and light chain bind either receptor, and wherein the third polypeptide comprises a VHH/sdAb fused to a heavy chain Fc region or the light chain of the antibody, wherein the VHH/sdAb binds to either co-receptor. In other embodiments, the surrogates comprise four polypeptides, including two heavy chain polypeptides and two light chain polypeptides, wherein the two heavy chains and two light chains bind one or more first receptor, and further comprise one or more VHH/sdAb or scFv fused to one or more of the heavy chains and/or light chains, wherein the VHH/sdAb or scFv binds to one or more second co-receptor. In an illustrative embodiment, a WNT surrogate comprises at least four polypeptides, including two heavy chain polypeptides and two light chain polypeptides that bind either LRP5/6 or one or more FZDs, wherein the WNT surrogate further comprises a Fab that binds either LRP5/6 or one or more FZDs. For example, the Fab may comprise two polypeptides, each fused to one of the two heavy chain polypeptides, and two polypeptides, each fused to one of the two light chain polypeptides, or
it may comprise two polypeptides each fused to one of the two heavy chain polypeptides and two additional polypeptides, each bound to one of the two polypeptides fused to the heavy chain polypeptides, thus making a second Fab. Other configurations disclosed herein may be used to produce different multicomponent polypeptide molecules.
[0148] Also contemplated are Ig molecules where the VL and VH domains of one Ig are appended with the VL and VH domains of a second antibody. This format is call Fv-Ig or 2Fv- Ig for a homodimer. The VL and VH domains from the second Ig are appended to the N- terminus of the VL and VH domains of the first Ig via short peptide linkers. This format preserves the natural antibody’s avidity to cell surface receptors or to more than one receptor or co-receptor complexes (see, e.g., Wu, et al (2007) Nature Biotechnol. 25: 1290-1297).
[0149] In certain embodiments, the antigen binding formats are multicomponent polypeptide molecules that comprise one or more polypeptides comprising two or more binding regions. For illustrative purposes, the two or more binding regions may be a first receptor binding regions or a second receptor binding regions, or they may comprise one or more first receptor binding region and one or more second receptor binding region. The binding regions may be directly joined or contiguous, or may be separated by a linker, e.g. a polypeptide linker, or a non-peptidic linker, etc. The length of the linker, and therefore the spacing between the binding domains can be used to modulate the signal strength, and can be selected depending on the desired use of the multicomponent polypeptide molecule. The enforced distance between binding domains can vary, but in certain embodiments may be less than about 100 angstroms, less than about 90 angstroms, less than about 80 angstroms, less than about 70 angstroms, less than about 60 angstroms, or less than about 50 angstroms. In some embodiments the linker is a rigid linker, in other embodiments the linker is a flexible linker. In certain embodiments where the linker is a peptide linker, it may be from about 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30 or more amino acids in length, and is of sufficient length and amino acid composition to enforce the distance between binding domains. In some embodiments, the linker comprises or consists of one or more glycine and/or serine residues.
[0150] The multicomponent polypeptide molecule can be multimerized, e.g., through an Fc domain, by concatenation, coiled coils, polypeptide zippers, biotin/avidin or streptavidin multimerization, and the like. The multicomponent polypeptide molecules can also be joined to a moiety such as PEG, Fc, etc., as known in the art to enhance stability in vivo.
[0151] In certain embodiments, a multicomponent polypeptide molecule enhances or increases the co-receptors pathway signaling, e.g., in the case of WNT - P-catenin signaling, by at least 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 100%, 110%, 150%, 200%, 250%, 300%, 400% or 500%, as compared to the P- catenin signaling induced by a neutral substance or negative control as measured in an assay described above, for example as measured in the TOPFIash assay (see, e.g., Molinaar (1996) Cell 86:391-399). A negative control may be included in these assays. By way of example, WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecules may enhance P-catenin signaling by a factor of 2x, 5x, lOx, lOOx, lOOOx, lOOOOx or more as compared to the activity in the absence of the WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule when measured, for example when measured in the TOPFIash assay.
[0152] In certain embodiments, functional properties of the multicomponent polypeptide molecules may be assessed using a variety of methods known to the skilled person, including e.g., affinity/binding assays (for example, surface plasmon resonance, competitive inhibition assays), cytotoxicity assays, cell viability assays, cell proliferation or differentiation assays in response to the native molecule/ligand, cancer cell and/or tumor growth inhibition using in vitro or in vivo models, including but not limited to any described herein. The multicomponent polypeptide molecules may also be tested for effects on one or both co-receptor internalization, in vitro and in vivo efficacy, etc. Such assays may be performed using well-established protocols known to the skilled person (see e.g., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (Greene Publ. Assoc. Inc. & John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY, NY); Current Protocols in Immunology (Edited by: John E. Coligan, Ada M. Kruisbeek, David H. Margulies, Ethan M. Shevach, Warren Strober 2001 John Wiley & Sons, NY, NY); or commercially available kits.
[0153] In certain embodiments, a binding region of a multicomponent polypeptide molecule (e.g., an antigen-binding fragment of an anti-FZD antibody) comprises one or more of the CDRs of the anti-co-receptor antibodies. In this regard, it has been shown in some cases that the transfer of only the VHCDR3 of an antibody can be performed while still retaining desired specific binding (Barbas et al., PNAS (1995) 92: 2529-2533). See also, McLane et al., PNAS (1995) 92:5214- 5218, Barbas et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. (1994) 116:2161-2162).
[0154] Also disclosed herein is a method for obtaining an antibody or antigen binding domain specific for a co-receptor, the method comprising providing by way of addition, deletion, substitution or insertion of one or more amino acids in the amino acid sequence of a VH domain set out herein or a VH domain which is an amino acid sequence variant of the VH domain, optionally combining the VH domain thus provided with one or more VL domains,
and testing the VH domain or VH/VL combination or combinations to identify a specific binding member or an antibody antigen binding domain specific for one or more co-receptors and optionally with one or more desired properties. The VL domains may have an amino acid sequence which is substantially as set out herein. An analogous method may be employed in which one or more sequence variants of a VL domain disclosed herein are combined with one or more VH domains.
[0155] Immunological binding generally refers to the non-covalent interactions of the type which occur between an immunoglobulin molecule and an antigen for which the immunoglobulin is specific, for example by way of illustration and not limitation, as a result of electrostatic, ionic, hydrophilic and/or hydrophobic attractions or repulsion, steric forces, hydrogen bonding, van der Waals forces, and other interactions. The strength, or affinity of immunological binding interactions can be expressed in terms of the dissociation constant (Kd) of the interaction, wherein a smaller Kd represents a greater affinity. Immunological binding properties of selected polypeptides can be quantified using methods well known in the art. One such method entails measuring the rates of antigen-binding site/antigen complex formation and dissociation, wherein those rates depend on the concentrations of the complex partners, the affinity of the interaction, and on geometric parameters that equally influence the rate in both directions. Thus, both the "on rate constant" (Kon) and the "off rate constant" (Koff) can be determined by calculation of the concentrations and the actual rates of association and dissociation. The ratio of Koff /Kon enables cancellation of all parameters not related to affinity, and is thus equal to the dissociation constant Kd. See, generally, Davies et al. (1990) Annual Rev. Biochem. 59:439-473.
[0156] In certain embodiments, the multicomponent polypeptide molecules or binding regions thereof described herein have an affinity of less than about 10,000, less than about 1000, less than about 100, less than about 10, less than about 1 or less than about 0.1 nM, and in some embodiments, the antibodies may have even higher affinity for one or more coreceptors.
[0157] The constant regions of immunoglobulins show less sequence diversity than the variable regions, and are responsible for binding a number of natural proteins to elicit important biochemical events. In humans, there are five different classes of antibodies including IgA (which includes subclasses IgAl and IgA2), IgD, IgE, IgG (which includes subclasses IgGl, IgG2, IgG3, and IgG4), and IgM. The distinguishing features between these antibody classes are their constant regions, although subtler differences may exist in the V region.
[0158] The Fc region of an antibody interacts with a number of Fc receptors and ligands, imparting an array of important functional capabilities referred to as effector functions. For IgG, the Fc region comprises Ig domains CH2 and CH3 and the N-terminal hinge leading into CH2. An important family of Fc receptors for the IgG class are the Fc gamma receptors (FcyRs). These receptors mediate communication between antibodies and the cellular arm of the immune system (Raghavan et al., 1996, Annu Rev Cell Dev Biol 12: 181- 220; Ravetch et al., 2001, Annu Rev Immunol 19:275-290). In humans this protein family includes FcyRI (CD64), including isoforms FcyRIa, FcyRIb, and FcyRIc; FcyRII (CD32), including isoforms FcyRIIa (including allotypes H131 and R131), FcyRIIb (including FcyRIIb-1 and FcyRIIb-2), and FcyRIIc; and FcyRIII (CD16), including isoforms FcyRIIIa (including allotypes V158 and F158) and FcyRIIIb (including allotypes FcyRIIIb-NAl and FcyRIIIb-NA2) (Jefferis et al., 2002, Immunol Lett 82:57-65). These receptors typically have an extracellular domain that mediates binding to Fc, a membrane spanning region, and an intracellular domain that may mediate some signaling event within the cell. These receptors are expressed in a variety of immune cells including monocytes, macrophages, neutrophils, dendritic cells, eosinophils, mast cells, platelets, B cells, large granular lymphocytes, Langerhans' cells, natural killer (NK) cells, and T cells. Formation of the Fc/FcyR complex recruits these effector cells to sites of bound antigen, typically resulting in signaling events within the cells and important subsequent immune responses such as release of inflammation mediators, B cell activation, endocytosis, phagocytosis, and cytotoxic attack.
[0159] The ability to mediate cytotoxic and phagocytic effector functions is a potential mechanism by which antibodies destroy targeted cells. The cell- mediated reaction wherein nonspecific cytotoxic cells that express FcyRs recognize bound antibody on a target cell and subsequently cause lysis of the target cell is referred to as antibody dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC) (Raghavan et al., 1996, Annu Rev Cell Dev Biol 12: 181-220; Ghetie et al., 2000, Annu Rev Immunol 18:739-766; Ravetch et al., 2001, Annu Rev Immunol 19:275- 290). The cell-mediated reaction wherein nonspecific cytotoxic cells that express FcyRs recognize bound antibody on a target cell and subsequently cause phagocytosis of the target cell is referred to as antibody dependent cell-mediated phagocytosis (ADCP). All FcyRs bind the same region on Fc, at the N-terminal end of the Cg2 (CH2) domain and the preceding hinge. This interaction is well characterized structurally (Sondermann et al., 2001, J Mol Biol 309:737-749), and several structures of the human Fc bound to the extracellular domain of human FcyRIIIb have been solved (pdb accession code 1E4K) (Sondermann et al., 2000,
Nature 406:267- 273.) (pdb accession codes 1 IIS and 1IIX) (Radaev et al., 2001, J Biol Chem 276: 16469-16477.)
[0160] The different IgG subclasses have different affinities for the FcyRs, with IgGl and IgG3 typically binding substantially better to the receptors than IgG2 and IgG4 (Jefferis et al., 2002, Immunol Lett 82:57-65). All FcyRs bind the same region on IgG Fc, yet with different affinities: the high affinity binder FcyRI has a Kd for IgGl of 10'8 M’1, whereas the low affinity receptors FcyRII and FcyRIII generally bind at 10'6 and 10'5 respectively. The extracellular domains of FcyRIIIa and FcyRIIIb are 96% identical; however, FcyRIIIb does not have an intracellular signaling domain. Furthermore, whereas FcyRI, FcyRIIa/c, and FcyRIIIa are positive regulators of immune complex-triggered activation, characterized by having an intracellular domain that has an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif (ITAM), FcyRIIb has an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motif (ITIM) and is therefore inhibitory. Thus the former are referred to as activation receptors, and FcyRIIb is referred to as an inhibitory receptor. The receptors also differ in expression pattern and levels on different immune cells. Yet another level of complexity is the existence of a number of FcyR polymorphisms in the human proteome. A particularly relevant polymorphism with clinical significance is V158/F158 FcyRIIIa. Human IgGl binds with greater affinity to the VI 58 allotype than to the F158 allotype. This difference in affinity, and presumably its effect on ADCC and/or ADCP, has been shown to be a significant determinant of the efficacy of the anti-CD20 antibody rituximab (Rituxan®, a registered trademark of IDEC Pharmaceuticals Corporation). Subjects with the V158 allotype respond favorably to rituximab treatment; however, subjects with the lower affinity F158 allotype respond poorly (Cartron et al., 2002, Blood 99:754-758). Approximately 10-20% of humans are VI 58/VI 58 homozygous, 45% are V158/F158 heterozygous, and 35-45% of humans are F158/F158 homozygous (Lehrnbecher et al., 1999, Blood 94:4220-4232; Cartron et al., 2002, Blood 99:754-758). Thus 80-90% of humans are poor responders,, they have at least one allele of the Fl 58 FcyRIIIa.
[0161] The Fc region is also involved in activation of the complement cascade. In the classical complement pathway, Cl binds with its Clq subunits to Fc fragments of IgG or IgM, which has formed a complex with antigen(s). In certain embodiments of the invention, modifications to the Fc region comprise modifications that alter (either enhance or decrease) the ability of a FZD-specific antibody as described herein to activate the complement system (see e.g., U.S. Patent 7,740,847). To assess complement activation, a complement-dependent
cytotoxicity (CDC) assay may be performed (See, e.g., Gazzano- Santoro et al., J. Immunol.
Methods, 202: 163 (1996).
[0162] Thus in certain embodiments, the present invention provides the multicomponent polypeptide molecules having a modified Fc region with altered functional properties, such as reduced or enhanced CDC, ADCC, or ADCP activity, or enhanced binding affinity for a specific FcyR or increased serum half-life. Other modified Fc regions contemplated herein are described, for example, in issued U.S. Patents 7,317,091; 7,657,380; 7,662,925; 6,538,124; 6,528,624; 7,297,775; 7,364,731; Published U.S. Applications US2009092599; US20080131435; US20080138344; and published International Applications
W02006/105338; W02004/063351; W02006/088494; W02007/024249.
[0163] Structurally, the Fc region can be important for proper assembly of the msAb. In particular, modifications to the CH3 domain such as knobs-in-hole (see, e.g., W01996/027011; and WO1998/050431) or Azymetric mutations (see, e.g., WO2012/58768) can prevent heavy chain mispairing. The present invention utilizes these mutations in certain Fc embodiments.
[0164] The multicomponent molecules disclosed herein may also be modified to include an epitope tag or label, e.g., for use in purification or diagnostic applications. There are many linking groups known in the art for making antibody conjugates, including, for example, those disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020 or EP Patent 0 425 235 Bl, and Chari et al., Cancer Research 52: 127-131 (1992). The linking groups include disulfide groups, thioether groups, acid labile groups, photolabile groups, peptidase labile groups, or esterase labile groups, as disclosed in the above-identified patents, disulfide and thioether groups being preferred.
[0165] In certain embodiments, and antigen- binding fragments thereof against one coreceptor and/or antibodies and antigen-binding fragments thereof against the other co-receptor present within a multicomponent polypeptide molecule are monoclonal. In certain embodiments, they are humanized.
[0166] The present invention further provides in certain embodiments an isolated nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide present in a multicomponent polypeptide molecule. Nucleic acids include DNA and RNA. These and related embodiments may include polynucleotides encoding antibody fragments that bind one or more co-receptors. The term "isolated polynucleotide" as used herein shall mean a polynucleotide of genomic, cDNA, or synthetic origin, or some combination thereof, which by virtue of its origin, the isolated polynucleotide: (1) is not associated with all or a portion of a polynucleotide in which the isolated polynucleotide is found
in nature; (2) is linked to a polynucleotide to which it is not linked in nature, or (3) does not occur in nature as part of a larger sequence. An isolated polynucleotide may include naturally occurring and/or artificial sequences.
[0167] As will be understood by those skilled in the art, polynucleotides may include genomic sequences, extra-genomic and plasmid-encoded sequences and smaller engineered gene segments that express, or may be adapted to express, proteins, polypeptides, peptides and the like. Such segments may be naturally isolated, or modified synthetically by the skilled person.
[0168] As will be also recognized by the skilled artisan, polynucleotides may be singlestranded (coding or antisense) or double-stranded, and may be DNA (genomic, cDNA or synthetic) or RNA molecules. RNA molecules may include HnRNA molecules, which contain introns and correspond to a DNA molecule in a one-to-one manner, and mRNA molecules, which do not contain introns. Additional coding or non-coding sequences may, but need not, be present within a polynucleotide according to the present disclosure, and a polynucleotide may, but need not, be linked to other molecules and/or support materials. Polynucleotides may comprise a native sequence or may comprise a sequence that encodes a variant or derivative of such a sequence.
[0169] It will be appreciated by those of ordinary skill in the art that, as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, there are many nucleotide sequences that encodes an antibody as described herein. Some of these polynucleotides bear minimal sequence identity to the nucleotide sequence of the native or original polynucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide within a multicomponent polypeptide molecule. Nonetheless, polynucleotides that vary due to differences in codon usage are expressly contemplated by the present disclosure. In certain embodiments, sequences that have been codon- optimized for mammalian expression are specifically contemplated.
[0170] Therefore, in another embodiment of the invention, a mutagenesis approach, such as site-specific mutagenesis, may be employed for the preparation of variants and/or derivatives of the polypeptides described herein. By this approach, specific modifications in a polypeptide sequence can be made through mutagenesis of the underlying polynucleotides that encode them. These techniques provide a straightforward approach to prepare and test sequence variants, for example, incorporating one or more of the foregoing considerations, by introducing one or more nucleotide sequence changes into the polynucleotide.
[0171] Site-specific mutagenesis allows the production of mutants through the use of specific oligonucleotide sequences which encode the DNA sequence of the desired mutation, as well as a sufficient number of adjacent nucleotides, to provide a primer sequence of sufficient size and sequence complexity to form a stable duplex on both sides of the deletion junction being traversed. Mutations may be employed in a selected polynucleotide sequence to improve, alter, decrease, modify, or otherwise change the properties of the polynucleotide itself, and/or alter the properties, activity, composition, stability, or primary sequence of the encoded polypeptide.
[0172] In certain embodiments, the inventors contemplate the mutagenesis of the polynucleotide sequences that encode a polypeptide present in a multicomponent polypeptide molecule, to alter one or more properties of the encoded polypeptide, such as the binding affinity, or the function of a particular Fc region, or the affinity of the Fc region for a particular FcyR. The techniques of site-specific mutagenesis are well-known in the art, and are widely used to create variants of both polypeptides and polynucleotides. For example, site- specific mutagenesis is often used to alter a specific portion of a DNA molecule. In such embodiments, a primer comprising typically about 14 to about 25 nucleotides or so in length is employed, with about 5 to about 10 residues on both sides of the junction of the sequence being altered.
[0173] As will be appreciated by those of skill in the art, site-specific mutagenesis techniques have often employed a phage vector that exists in both a single stranded and double stranded form. Typical vectors useful in site- directed mutagenesis include vectors such as the M13 phage. These phages are readily commercially-available and their use is generally well- known to those skilled in the art. Double-stranded plasmids are also routinely employed in site directed mutagenesis that eliminates the step of transferring the gene of interest from a plasmid to a phage.
[0174] The preparation of sequence variants of the selected peptide- encoding DNA segments using site-directed mutagenesis provides a means of producing potentially useful species and is not meant to be limiting as there are other ways in which sequence variants of peptides and the DNA sequences encoding them may be obtained. For example, recombinant vectors encoding the desired peptide sequence may be treated with mutagenic agents, such as hydroxylamine, to obtain sequence variants. Specific details regarding these methods and protocols are found in the teachings of Maloy et al., 1994; Segal, 1976; Prokop and Bajpai, 1991; Kuby, 1994; and Maniatis et al., 1982, each incorporated herein by reference, for that purpose.
[0175] In many embodiments, one or more nucleic acids encoding a polypeptide of multicomponent WNT molecule are introduced directly into a host cell, and the cell incubated under conditions sufficient to induce expression of the encoded polypeptides. The surrogate polypeptides of this disclosure may be prepared using standard techniques well known to those of skill in the art in combination with the polypeptide and nucleic acid sequences provided herein. The polypeptide sequences may be used to determine appropriate nucleic acid sequences encoding the particular polypeptide disclosed thereby. The nucleic acid sequence may be optimized to reflect particular codon "preferences" for various expression systems according to standard methods well known to those of skill in the art.
[0176] According to certain related embodiments there is provided a recombinant host cell which comprises one or more constructs as described herein, e.g., a vector comprising a nucleic acid encoding a multicomponent polypeptide molecule or polypeptide thereof; and a method of production of the encoded product, which method comprises expression from encoding nucleic acid therefor. Expression may conveniently be achieved by culturing under appropriate conditions recombinant host cells containing the nucleic acid. Following production by expression, an antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof, may be isolated and/or purified using any suitable technique, and then used as desired.
[0177] Polypeptides, and encoding nucleic acid molecules and vectors, may be isolated and/or purified, e.g. from their natural environment, in substantially pure or homogeneous form, or, in the case of nucleic acid, free or substantially free of nucleic acid or genes of origin other than the sequence encoding a polypeptide with the desired function. Nucleic acid may comprise DNA or RNA and may be wholly or partially synthetic. Reference to a nucleotide sequence as set out herein encompasses a DNA molecule with the specified sequence, and encompasses a RNA molecule with the specified sequence in which U is substituted for T, unless context requires otherwise.
[0178] Systems for cloning and expression of a polypeptide in a variety of different host cells are well known. Suitable host cells include bacteria, mammalian cells, yeast and baculovirus systems. Mammalian cell lines available in the art for expression of a heterologous polypeptide include Chinese hamster ovary cells, HeLa cells, baby hamster kidney cells, NSO mouse melanoma cells and many others. A common, preferred bacterial host is E. coli.
[0179] The expression of polypeptides, e.g., antibodies and antigen- binding fragments thereof, in prokaryotic cells such as E. coli is well established in the art. For a review, see for
example Pluckthun, A. Bio/Technology 9: 545-551 (1991). Expression in eukaryotic cells in culture is also available to those skilled in the art as an option for production of antibodies or antigen-binding fragments thereof, see recent reviews, for example Ref, M. E. (1993) Curr. Opinion Biotech. 4: 573-576; Trill J. J. et al. (1995) Curr. Opinion Biotech 6: 553-560.
[0180] Suitable vectors can be chosen or constructed, containing appropriate regulatory sequences, including promoter sequences, terminator sequences, polyadenylation sequences, enhancer sequences, marker genes and other sequences as appropriate. Vectors may be plasmids, viral e.g. phage, or phagemid, as appropriate. For further details see, for example, Molecular Cloning: a Laboratory Manual: 2nd edition, Sambrook et al., 1989, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press. Many known techniques and protocols for manipulation of nucleic acid, for example in preparation of nucleic acid constructs, mutagenesis, sequencing, introduction of DNA into cells and gene expression, and analysis of proteins, are described in detail in Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, Second Edition, Ausubel et al. eds., John Wiley & Sons, 1992, or subsequent updates thereto.
[0181] The present invention also provides, in certain embodiments, a method which comprises using a construct as stated above in an expression system in order to express a particular polypeptide such as a WNT chimeric activator molecule. The term "transduction" is used to refer to the transfer of genes from one bacterium to another, usually by a phage.
[0182] Amino acid sequence modification(s) of any of the polypeptides described herein are contemplated. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the multicomponent polypeptide molecule. For example, amino acid sequence variants of a multicomponent polypeptide molecule may be prepared by introducing appropriate nucleotide changes into a polynucleotide that encodes the antibody, or a chain thereof, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or insertions into and/or substitutions of, residues within the amino acid sequences of the antibody. Any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution may be made to arrive at the final multicomponent polypeptide molecule, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics (e.g., high affinity binding to one or more co-receptors). The amino acid changes also may alter post-translational processes of the antibody, such as changing the number or position of glycosylation sites. Any of the variations and modifications described above for polypeptides of the present invention may be included in antibodies of the present invention.
[0183] The present disclosure provides variants of any of the polypeptides (e.g., multicomponent molecule, multicomponent polypeptide molecules, or antibodies or antigenbinding fragments thereof) disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, a variant has at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity to a polypeptide disclosed herein. In certain embodiments, such variant polypeptides bind to one or more first co-receptors, and/or to one or more second co-receptors, at least about 50%, at least about 70%, and in certain embodiments, at least about 90% as well as a t multicomponent polypeptide molecule specifically set forth herein. In further embodiments, such variant multicomponent polypeptide molecules bind to one or more first co-receptor, and/or to one or more second co-receptor, with greater affinity than the multicomponent polypeptide molecules set forth herein, for example, that bind quantitatively at least about 105%, 106%, 107%, 108%, 109%, or 110% as well as an antibody sequence specifically set forth herein.
[0184] In particular embodiments, the multicomponent polypeptide molecule or a binding region thereof, e.g., a Fab, scFv, or VHH may comprise: a) a heavy chain variable region comprising: i. a CDR1 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the heavy chain CDR1 region of a selected antibody described herein; ii. a CDR2 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the heavy chain CDR2 region of the selected antibody; and iii. a CDR3 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the heavy chain CDR3 region of the selected antibody; and/or b) a light chain variable domain comprising: i. a CDR1 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the light chain CDR1 region of the selected antibody; ii. a CDR2 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the light chain CDR2 region of the selected antibody; and iii. a CDR3 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the light chain CDR3 region of the selected antibody; wherein the antibody specifically binds a selected target. In a further embodiment, the antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, is a variant antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof wherein the variant comprises a heavy and light chain identical to the selected antibody except for up to 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or more total amino acid substitutions in the CDR regions of the VH and VL regions. In this regard, there may be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or in certain embodiments, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 more total amino acid substitutions in the (collective) CDR regions of the selected antibody. Substitutions may be in CDRs either in the VH and/or the VL regions. (See e.g., Muller, 1998, Structure 6: 1153- 1167).
[0185] In particular embodiments, the multicomponent polypeptide molecule or a binding region thereof, e.g., a Fab, scFv, or VHH/sdAb, may have: a) a heavy chain variable region
having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80% identical, at least 95% identical, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 98% or 99% identical, to the heavy chain variable region of an antibody or antigen- binding fragments thereof described herein; and/or b) a light chain variable region having an amino acid sequence that is at least 80% identical, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95% or at least 98% or 99% identical, to the light chain variable region of an antibody or antigen-binding fragments thereof described herein.
[0186] A polypeptide has a certain percent "sequence identity" to another polypeptide, meaning that, when aligned, that percentage of amino acids are the same when comparing the two sequences. Sequence similarity can be determined in a number of different manners. To determine sequence identity, sequences can be aligned using the methods and computer programs, including BLAST, available over the world wide web at ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/BLAST/. Another alignment algorithm is FASTA, available in the Genetics Computing Group (GCG) package, from Madison, Wis., USA, a wholly owned subsidiary of Oxford Molecular Group, Inc. Other techniques for alignment are described in Methods in Enzymology, vol. 266: Computer Methods for Macromolecular Sequence Analysis (1996), ed. Doolittle, Academic Press, Inc., a division of Harcourt Brace & Co., San Diego, Calif., USA. Of particular interest are alignment programs that permit gaps in the sequence. The Smith-Waterman is one type of algorithm that permits gaps in sequence alignments. See Meth. Mol. Biol. 70: 173-187 (1997). Also, the GAP program using the Needleman and Wunsch alignment method can be utilized to align sequences. See J. Mol. Biol. 48: 443-453 (1970).
[0187] Of interest is the BestFit program using the local homology algorithm of Smith and
Waterman (Advances in Applied Mathematics 2: 482- 489 (1981) to determine sequence identity. The gap generation penalty will generally range from 1 to 5, usually 2 to 4 and in many embodiments will be 3. The gap extension penalty will generally range from about 0.01 to 0.20 and in many instances will be 0.10. The program has default parameters determined by the sequences inputted to be compared. Preferably, the sequence identity is determined using the default parameters determined by the program. This program is available also from Genetics Computing Group (GCG) package, from Madison, Wis., USA.
[0188] Another program of interest is the FastDB algorithm. FastDB is described in Current Methods in Sequence Comparison and Analysis, Macromolecule Sequencing and Synthesis, Selected Methods and Applications, pp. 127-149, 1988, Alan R. Liss, Inc. Percent sequence identity is calculated by FastDB based upon the following parameters: Mismatch Penalty: 1.00; Gap Penalty: 1.00; Gap Size Penalty: 0.33; and Joining Penalty: 30.0.
[0189] In particular embodiments, the multicomponent polypeptide molecule or a binding region thereof, e.g., a Fab, scFv, or VHH may comprise: a) a heavy chain variable region comprising: i. a CDR1 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the heavy chain CDR1 region of a selected antibody described herein; ii. a CDR2 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the heavy chain CDR2 region of the selected antibody; and iii. a CDR3 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the heavy chain CDR3 region of the selected antibody; and b) a light chain variable domain comprising: i. a CDR1 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the light chain CDR1 region of the selected antibody; ii. a CDR2 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the light chain CDR2 region of the selected antibody; and iii. a CDR3 region that is identical in amino acid sequence to the light chain CDR3 region of the selected antibody; wherein the antibody specifically binds a selected target (e.g., a FZD receptor, such as FZD1). In a further embodiment, the antibody, or antigen-binding fragment thereof, is a variant antibody wherein the variant comprises a heavy and light chain identical to the selected antibody except for up to 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or more amino acid substitutions in the CDR regions of the VH and VL regions. In this regard, there may be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or in certain embodiments, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 more amino acid substitutions in the CDR regions of the selected antibody. Substitutions may be in CDRs either in the VH and/or the VL regions. (See e.g., Muller, 1998, Structure 6: 1153-1167).
[0190] Determination of the three-dimensional structures of representative polypeptides (e.g., variant FZD binding regions or LRP5/6 binding regions and bridging regions of WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecules as provided herein) may be made through routine methodologies such that substitution, addition, deletion or insertion of one or more amino acids with selected natural or non-natural amino acids can be virtually modeled for purposes of determining whether a so derived structural variant retains the space-filling properties of presently disclosed species. See, for instance, Donate et al., 1994 Prot. Sci. 3:2378; Bradley et al., Science 309: 1868-1871 (2005); Schueler-Furman et al., Science 310:638 (2005); Dietz et al., Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 103: 1244 (2006); Dodson et al., Nature 450: 176 (2007); Qian et al., Nature 450:259 (2007); Raman et al. Science 327: 1014-1018 (2010). Some additional non-limiting examples of computer algorithms that may be used for these and related embodiments, such as for rational design of binding regions include VMD which is a molecular visualization program for displaying, animating, and analyzing large biomolecular systems using 3-D graphics and built-in scripting (see the website for the Theoretical and Computational Biophysics Group, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champagne, at
ks.uiuc.edu/Research/vmd/. Many other computer programs are known in the art and available to the skilled person and which allow for determining atomic dimensions from space-filling models (van der Waals radii) of energy-minimized conformations; GRID, which seeks to determine regions of high affinity for different chemical groups, thereby enhancing binding, Monte Carlo searches, which calculate mathematical alignment, and CHARMM (Brooks et al. (1983) J. Comput. Chem. 4: 187-217) and AMBER (Weiner et al (1981) J. Comput. Chem. 106: 765), which assess force field calculations, and analysis (see also, Eisenfield et al. (1991) Am. J. Physiol. 261 :C376-386; Lybrand (1991) J. Pharm. Belg. 46:49-54; Froimowitz (1990) Biotechniques 8:640-644; Burbam et al. (1990) Proteins 7:99-111; Pedersen (1985) Environ. Health Perspect. 61 : 185-190; and Kini et al. (1991) J. Biomol. Struct. Dyn. 9:475-488). A variety of appropriate computational computer programs are also commercially available, such as from Schrodinger (Munich, Germany).
IV. WNT Signal Enhancing Molecules (WNT Enhancers)
[0191] In an embodiment, a multicomponent WNT molecule, as described herein, possesses at least one FZD binding domain, at least one LRP binding domain, and at least one bridging molecule; the WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule modulates WNT signaling. In particular embodiments, the binding domains bind to their target when the target is present on the cell surface, e.g., they may bind to an epitope within the extracellular domain of their target.
[0192] In certain embodiments, the multicomponent WNT molecule, described herein, possesses two FZD binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule; two LRP binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a second epitope at least one different antigen binding domain molecule; and, the tethering of the FZD and LRP binding domains to the bridging molecule forms a WNT mimetic capable of activating WNT signaling.
[0193] In certain embodiments, the multicomponent WNT molecule, described herein, possesses the binding domain specific for a first epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD binding domain are joined directly or by a linker, the binding domain specific for a second epitope of the bridging molecule and the LRP binding domain are joined directly, or by a linker, and the binding domain of the first epitope and second epitope of the bridging molecule are identical or different.
[0194] In another embodiment, the multicomponent WNT molecule , reported herein, possess at least one FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to at least one different antigen binding domain by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule, at least one FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to at least one different antigen binding domain by a binding domain specific for a second epitope on the bridging molecule, and the tethering of the FZD and LRP binding domains to the bridging receptor forms a WNT mimetic capable of activating WNT signaling.
[0195] In certain embodiments, the multicomponent WNT molecule, described herein, possesses the binding domain specific for a first epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD binding domain are joined directly or by a linker, and the binding domain specific for a second epitope of the bridging molecule and the LRP binding domain are joined directly, or by a linker, wherein the binding domain of the first epitope and second epitope of the bridging molecule are identical or different, and could monomeric or multimeric.
V. Targeting Molecules
[0196] Specific cell types and cells within specific tissue may comprise one or more cell- or tissue-specific surface molecule, such as a cell surface receptor. As used herein, the molecule is said to be cell- or tissue-specific if a greater amount of the molecule is present on the specific cell or tissue type as compared to one or more other cell or tissue types, or any other cell or tissue type. In certain embodiments, the greater amount is at least two-fold, at least five-fold, at least 10-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 50-fold, or at least 100-fold as compared to the amount in the one or more other cell or tissue types, or any other cell or tissue type. In particular embodiments, the cell-specific surface molecule has increased or enhanced expression on a target organ, tissue or cell type, e.g., an organ, tissue or cell type in which it is desirous to enhance WNT signaling, e.g., to treat or prevent a disease or disorder, e.g., as compared to one or more other non-targeted organs, tissues or cell types. In certain embodiments, the cellspecific surface molecule is preferentially expressed on the surface of the target organ, tissue or cell type as compared to one or more other organ, tissue or cell types, respectively. For example, in particular embodiments, a cell surface receptor is considered to be a tissue-specific or cell-specific cell surface molecule if it is expressed at levels at least two-fold, at least fivefold, at least 10-fold, at least 20-fold, at least 30-fold, at least 40-fold, at least 50-fold, at least 100-fold, at least 500-fold, or at least 1000-fold higher in the target organ, tissue or cell than it is expressed in one or more, five or more, all other organs, tissues or cells, or an average of all
other organs, tissue or cells, respectively. In certain embodiments, the tissue-specific or cellspecific cell surface molecule is a cell surface receptor, e.g., a polypeptide receptor comprising a region located within the cell surface membrane and an extracellular region to which the targeting module can bind. In various embodiments, the methods described herein may be practiced by specifically targeting cell surface molecules that are only expressed on the target tissue or a subset of tissues including the target tissue, or by specifically targeting cell surface molecules that have higher levels of expression on the target tissue as compared to all, most, or a substantial number of other tissues, e.g., higher expression on the target tissue than on at least two, at least five, at least ten, or at least twenty other tissues.
[0197] The targeted tissue may be bound by a targeting module, e.g., a binding domain that specifically binds to the tissue specific receptor. The targeted tissue may be any tissue, e.g., any mammalian tissue or cell type. In certain embodiments, the targeted tissue may be present in any organ. In certain embodiments, the target tissue is bone tissue, liver tissue, skin tissue, stomach tissue, intestine tissue, oral mucosa tissue, kidney tissue, central nervous system tissue, mammary gland tissue, taste bud tissue, ovary tissue, inner ear tissue (including cochlear and vestibular tissues), hair follicles, pancreas tissue, retina tissue, cornea tissue, heart tissue or lung tissue, and the targeting module binds to a tissue-specific cell surface molecule (e.g., a cell surface receptor) preferentially expressed on bone tissue, liver tissue, skin tissue, stomach tissue, intestine tissue, oral mucosa tissue, kidney tissue, central nervous system tissue, mammary gland tissue, taste bud tissue, ovary tissue, inner ear tissue (including cochlear and vestibular tissues), hair follicles, pancreas tissue, retina tissue, cornea tissue, heart tissue or lung tissue, respectively.
[0198] The targeting module may bind to any cell type, e.g., any cell within any tissue, organ or animal, including but not limited to mammals, such as humans. In certain embodiments, the tissue-specific WNT surrogate-signal enhancing combination molecule binds to specific cell types, e.g., specific cell types associated with a target tissue. For example, in liver tissue, the targeting module may bind to hepatocytes, precursors and stem cells of hepatocytes, biliary tract cells, and/or endothelial or other vascular cells. Examples of liver specific targeting molecules are provided, e.g., in WO 2018/140821 and WO 2020/014271, both of which are incorporated by reference herein. For example, in bone tissue, the targeting module may bind osteoblasts, precursors of osteoblasts, mesenchymal stem cells, stem cells and precursor cells that give rise to bone, cartilage and/or other cells present in bone tissue. Cell types present in various tissues, including but not limited to the tissues described herein,
are known in the art, and in various embodiments, the tissue specific WNT signal enhancing molecules described herein may bind any of them.
VI. Linkers
[0199] In certain embodiments, the multicomponent targeting molecule, for example FZD molecule, LRP molecule, and the bridging molecule, are bound or fused directly to each other, whereas in other embodiments, they are separated by a linker, e.g., a polypeptide linker, or a non-peptidyl linker, etc. In particular embodiments, a linker is an Fc linker, e.g., a region of an antibody Fc domain capable of dimerizing with another Fc linker, e.g., via one or more disulfide bonds. In another particular embodiment, a linker is albumin, e.g., human serum albumin, where the targeting and action modules are on the N- and C- termini of albumin.
[0200] In certain embodiments, particularly when joining two polypeptides, the linker is made up of amino acids linked together by peptide bonds. In particular embodiments, the linker comprises, in length, from 1 up to about 40 amino acid residues, from 1 up to about 20 amino acid residues, or from 1 to about 10 amino acid residues. In certain embodiments, the amino acid residues in the linker are from among the twenty canonical amino acids, and in certain embodiments, selected from cysteine, glycine, alanine, proline, asparagine, glutamine, and/or serine. In certain embodiments, a linker comprises one or more non-natural amino acids. In some embodiments, a peptidyl linker is made up of a majority of amino acids that are sterically unhindered, such as glycine, serine, and alanine linked by a peptide bond. Certain linkers include polyglycines, polyserines, and polyalanines, or combinations of any of these. Some exemplary peptidyl linkers are poly(Gly)l-8, particularly (Gly)3, (Gly)4 (SEQ ID NO: 14), (Gly)5 (SEQ ID NO: 15), (Gly)6 (SEQ ID NO: 16), (Gly)7 (SEQ ID NO: 17), and (Gly)8 (SEQ ID NO: 18) as well as, poly(Gly)4 Ser (SEQ ID NO: 19), poly(Gly-Ala)2 (SEQ ID NO: 20), poly(Gly-Ala)3 (SEQ ID NO: 21), poly(Gly-Ala)4 (SEQ ID NO: 22) and poly(Ala)l-8 (SEQ ID NO: 23-27). Other specific examples of peptidyl linkers include (Gly)5Lys (SEQ ID NO: 28), and (Gly)5LysArg (SEQ ID NO: 29). To explain the above nomenclature, for example, (Gly)3Lys(Gly)4 means Gly-Gly-Gly-Lys-Gly-Gly-Gly-Gly (SEQ ID NO: 30). Other combinations of Gly and Ala are also useful. Additionally, a peptidyl linker can also comprise a non-peptidyl segment such as a 6 carbon aliphatic molecule of the formula —CH2—CH2— CH2— CH2— CH2— CH2— . The peptidyl linkers can be altered to form derivatives as described herein.
[0201] Illustrative non-peptidyl linkers include, for example, alkyl linkers such as — NH— (CH2) s— C(O)— , wherein s=2-20. These alkyl linkers may further be substituted by any non- sterically hindering group such as lower alkyl (e.g., C1-C6) lower acyl, halogen (e.g., Cl, Br), CN, NH2, phenyl, etc. Non-peptide portions of the inventive composition of matter, such as non-peptidyl linkers or non-peptide half-life extending moieties can be synthesized by conventional organic chemistry reactions. Chemical groups that find use in linking binding domains include carbamate; amide (amine plus carboxylic acid); ester (alcohol plus carboxylic acid), thioether (haloalkane plus sulfhydryl; maleimide plus sulfhydryl), Schiff s base (amine plus aldehyde), urea (amine plus isocyanate), thiourea (amine plus isothiocyanate), sulfonamide (amine plus sulfonyl chloride), disulfide; hydrazone, lipids, and the like, as known in the art.
[0202] The linkage between domains may comprise spacers, e.g. alkyl spacers, which may be linear or branched, usually linear, and may include one or more unsaturated bonds; usually having from one to about 300 carbon atoms; more usually from about one to 25 carbon atoms; and may be from about three to 12 carbon atoms. Spacers of this type may also comprise heteroatoms or functional groups, including amines, ethers, phosphodiesters, and the like. Specific structures of interest include: (CH2CH2O)n where n is from 1 to about 12; (CH2CH2NH)n, where n is from 1 to about 12; [(CH2)n(C=O)NH(CH2)m]z, where n and m are from 1 to about 6, and z is from 1 to about 10; [(CH2)nOPO3(CH2)m]z where n and m are from 1 to about 6, and z is from 1 to about 10. Such linkers may include polyethylene glycol, which may be linear or branched.
[0203] In certain embodiments, the domains may be joined through a homo- or heterobifunctional linker. Illustrative entities include: azidobenzoyl hydrazide, N-[4-(p- azidosalicylamino)butyl]-3'-[2'-pyridyldithio]propionamide), bis-sulfosuccinimidyl suberate, dimethyladipimidate, disuccinimidyltartrate, N-y-maleimidobutyryloxysuccinimide ester, N- hydroxy sulfosuccinimidyl-4-azidobenzoate, N-succinimidyl [4-azidophenyl]-l,3'- dithiopropi onate, N-succinimidyl [4-iodoacetyl]aminobenzoate, glutaraldehyde, NHS-PEG- MAL; succinimidyl 4-[N-maleimidomethyl]cyclohexane-l-carboxylate; 3-(2- pyridyldithio)propionic acid N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (SPDP); N, N'-(l,3-phenylene) bismaleimide; N, N'-ethylene-bis-(iodoacetamide); or 4-(N-maleimidomethyl)-cyclohexane-l- carboxylic acid N-hydroxysuccinimide ester (SMCC); m-maleimidobenzoyl-N- hydroxy succinimide ester (MBS), and succinimide 4-(p-maleimidophenyl)butyrate (SMPB), an extended chain analog of MBS. In certain embodiments, the succinimidyl group of these
cross-linkers reacts with a primary amine, and the thiol-reactive maleimide forms a covalent bond with the thiol of a cysteine residue.
[0204] Other reagents useful include: homobifunctional cross-linking reagents including bismaleimidohexane ("BMH"); p,p'-difluoro-m,m'-dinitrodiphenylsulfone (which forms irreversible cross-linkages with amino and phenolic groups); dimethyl adipimidate (which is specific for amino groups); phenol- 1,4-disulfonylchloride (which reacts principally with amino groups); hexamethylenediisocyanate or diisothiocyanate, or azophenyl -p-diisocyanate (which reacts principally with amino groups); disdiazobenzidine (which reacts primarily with tyrosine and histidine); O-benzotriazolyloxy tetramethuluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), dicyclohexyl carbodiimde, bromo-tris (pyrrolidino) phosphonium bromide (PyBroP); N,N- dimethylamino pyridine (DMAP); 4-pyrrolidino pyridine; N-hydroxy benzotriazole; and the like.
VII. Cell Targeting activators via bridging receptor(s)
[0205] The present invention encompasses a novel concept to achieve cell targeting for ligand/receptor systems that involves multicomponent receptor complexes, where a productive signaling competent receptor complex formation is mediated through a “bridging element”, using “chimeric activator” approach based on the cooperativity concept. When an “targeting element” is tethered to the mutant “activity element”, the “targeting element” helps to increase the local concentration of the mutant “activity element” on the desired target cell surface, driving engagement of signaling receptor and subsequent intracellular signaling activation, effectively left shift the activity dose response curve (increase potency) on target cell and create the selectivity between target vs non-target cells.
[0206] The concept of cell targeting for ligand/receptor systems that involves multicomponent receptor complexes, where a productive signaling competent receptor complex formation is mediated through a “bridging element” is tested using the WNT/p- catenin signaling pathway as a model system.
[0207] WNT pathway is highly conserved across species and crucial for embryonic development, and adult tissue homeostasis and regeneration (Nusse and Clevers, 2017). WNT induced signaling through P-catenin stabilization has been widely studied and is achieved by ligand binding to frizzled (FZD) and low-density lipoprotein receptor-related protein (LRP) family of receptors. There are nineteen mammalian WNTs, 10 FZDs (FZD1-10), and 2 LRPs (LRP5 and LRP6). WNTs are highly hydrophobic due to lipidation that is required for function
and are promiscuous, capable of binding and activating multiple FZD and LRP pairs (Janda et al., 2012, Kadowaki et al., 1996, Dijksterhuis et al., 2015). Elucidating the functions of individual FZDs in tissues has been hampered by difficulties in producing the ligands and lack of receptor and tissue selectivity. Recent breakthroughs in the development of WNT -mimetic molecules have largely resolved the production and receptor specificity challenges (Janda et al., 2017, Chen et al., 2020, Tao et al., 2019, Miao et al., 2020). While tissue selectivity could be partly achieved by tissue injury as damaged tissues seem more sensitive to WNTs (Xie et al., 2022), it would still represent a significant technical advancement to be able to target WNTs to specific cells and tissues.
[0208] The WNT mimetics reported so far are all bispecific and can simultaneously bind to FZDs and LRPs, and the optimal stoichiometry (at least for the antibody based molecules) are tetravalent bispecific (2:2 format), requiring two FZD binders and two LRP binders in the same molecule to achieve efficient signaling (Tao et al., 2019, Chen et al., 2020). We took advantage of the fact that two FZD binders alone, two LRP binders alone, or a molecule with one FZD binder and one LRP binder (1 : 1 format) do not signal. Cell specificity could be achieved by attaching an “targeting element” (capable of binding to another cell surface receptor, called a bridging receptor or bridging molecule here) to these three inactive molecules, and signaling competent receptor complexes consisting of two FZDs and two LRPs could then be assemble via the bridging receptor on the target cell surface. This approach reduces or eliminates the need to mutate and reduce the affinity of the “active elements” toward signaling receptors, and creates a highly cell specific activation of the signaling pathway as the individual components are inactive.
[0209] Fig. 1A. shows one optimized design for a WNT mimetic that is a tetravalent bispecific antibody-based molecule. It is important to highlight that efficient WNT/p-catenin signaling requires two FZD binding domains and two LRP binding domains in one molecule (Chen et al., 2020). Fig. IB shows a cell targeted WNT mimetic based on the “chimeric activator” concept where an “targeting element” is tethered to the WNT mimetic. These molecules are representative illustrations, orientations and attachment locations of the different elements can be varied. The adjustments of the affinities of the different binding components can influence the separation between targeting vs non-targeting cells.
[0210] Figures 1C-1E show the cell targeting approach using the bridging receptor concept. The first step of this concept is to split the active molecule into inactive components. Using the tetravalent bispecific WNT mimetic as an example, among many different ways of splitting
this molecule, we explored two ways for illustration purpose. The first method is to split the tetraval ent WNT mimetic into one molecule having two FZD binding arms (2:0) and a second molecule having two LRP binding arms (0:2) (Fig. 1C-1E). These two inactive components can be assembled by a cell specific bridging receptor in several ways. If the bridging receptor exists as a monomer, as depicted in Fig. 1C, each separate molecule could be tethered to a “bridging element” binding to a different epitope on the bridging receptor, creating a final receptor complex on the cell surface consisting of two FZDs and two LRPs that would be competent to trigger signaling. The two different “bridging elements” could also be tethered to the two separate FZD and LRP binders as depicted in Fig. ID for the assembly of the active receptor complex on the cell surface. If the bridging receptor exists as a multimeric complex of its own, a single “bridging element” could be tethered to the two different FZD and LRP molecules as depicted in Fig. IE.
[0211] Figures 1F-1H show the method to split the tetravalent WNT mimetic is to split into two identical 1 : 1 molecules that consists of one FZD binding arm and one LRP binding arm. Similar to the scenario in Fig. 1C, if the bridging receptor exists as a monomer, two “bridging elements” binding to two different epitopes on the bridging receptor could be tethered to two separate 1 : 1 “activity element”, which can then assemble via bridging receptor to create a competent productive signaling complex (Fig. IF). The two different “bridging elements” could also be tethered together to the one 1 : 1 “activity element” (Fig. 1G). Unlike the scenarios shown in Fig. 1C-1F which employs two distinct “activity elements” for signaling, in the scenario in Fig. 1G, only a single molecule is needed to assemble a productive receptor signaling complex with cell targeting capability. If the bridging receptor exist as a multimeric complex of its own, a single “bridging element” could be tethered to a single “activity element” to create one molecule that achieve cell targeting (Fig. 1H). Additional variations of how the elements can be combined could be envisioned under the bridging receptor concept.
[0212] Tandem scFv multicomponent polypeptide are generated and assembled by linking or directly fusing a first scFv to either the C- or N-terminus of a second scFv molecule. In one format, the first scFv can bind to one or more FZD receptors and the second scFv can bind to one or more LRP receptors. In an alternative format, the first scFv can bind to one or more LRP receptors, and the second scFv can bind to one or more FZD receptors. One of the scFv molecules can also be linked or directly fused at its C-terminus to the N-terminus of an Fc molecule. In certain embodiments the WNT enhancer is linked or fused to the N-terminus of
a first scFv, which in turn is linked or fused to the N-terminus of the second scFv, which is linked or fused to the N-terminus of the Fc molecule. In alternative embodiments, the WNT enhancer is linked or fused to the C-terminus of the Fc molecule, which in turn is linked or fused to the C-terminus of one scFv molecule, which is linked or fused at its N-terminus to the C-terminus of a second scFv molecule.
[0213] Fab-IgG molecules, where the FZD and LRP binders are Fabs can be assembled in various approaches, such as charge pairing, knobs-in-holes, crossover of heavy and light chains of the Fabs, etc. In charge pairing the heavy chain (VH-CH1) domain of an anti-LRP6 Fab or an anti-FZD Fab, through direct fusion or a linker of 5, 10, or 15-mer amino acids, are fused in tandem with the N-terminus of the heavy chain (VH-CH1-CH2-CH3) of an anti-FZD or anti- LRP binder. In certain embodiments, also known as Fabs-in tandem (FiT), both VH-CH1 domains of anti-LRP6 and anti-FZD contain three amino acid mutations (Q39D, Q105D, S183K in the anti-LRP6 Fab; Q39K, Q105K, S183E in anti-FZD Fab) each for proper paring with their own partner light chains, which also contain three complementary amino acid mutations (Q38K, A/S43K, S176E in anti-LRP6 light chain; Q38D, A/S43D, S176K in the anti-FZD light chain). The order of the anti-LRP6 and anti-FZD Fabs could be reversed, where the anti-FZD binder is a Fab and is fused to anti-LRP binder which is in IgG format. In certain embodiments, the WNT enhancer can be attached to the Fab to the N-terminus of either the Vh or VI the Fab furthest from the IgG domain. In other embodiments, the WNT enhancer is attached to C-terminus of the IgG domain.
[0214] HC-LC cross over approach for Fab-on-IgG format: The light chain (VL-CL) domains of anti-LRP6 binder is, through direct fusion or a linker of 5, 10, or 15-mer amino acids, fused in tandem with the N-terminus of the heavy chain (VH-CH1-CH2-CH3) of an anti- FZD binder. The second construct was VH-CH1 of the anti-LRP6 binder and the third construct was VL-CL of the anti-FZD binder. Similar to the example above, the order of the anti-LRP6 and the anti-FZD binders could be reversed, where anti-FZD binder Fab is fused to the N- terminus of the anti-LRP binder which is in IgG format. Also as above the WNT enhancer can be attached to N-terminus of the VH or VL of the crossover Fab furthest from the IgG domain, or attached to the C-terminus of the IgG domain.
[0215] In certain embodiments, the molecules comprise one or more polypeptide(s) comprising or consisting of a sequence selected from any of SEQ ID NOs: 1-13, or a functional fragment or variant thereof. In particular embodiments, a variant comprises at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity to any one of SEQ
ID NOs: 1-13. In certain embodiments, a fragment comprises at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 98% of a contiguous sequence of any of SEQ ID NOs: 1-13 or a variant of any of SEQ ID NOs: 1-13. In certain embodiments, a functional fragment comprises an FGF21 sequence, an F12578 sequence, and/or a L sequence present in any of SEQ ID NOs: 1-13, or a variant thereof.
VIII. Compositions
[0216] Pharmaceutical compositions comprising a multicomponent polypeptide molecule described herein and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient are also disclosed.
[0217] In further embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions comprising a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a multicomponent polypeptide molecule described herein and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient are also disclosed. In particular embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises one or more polynucleotides comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a naturally occurring co-receptor ligand polypeptide. In certain embodiments, the polynucleotides are DNA or mRNA, e.g., a modified mRNA. In particular embodiments, the polynucleotides are modified mRNAs further comprising a 5’ cap sequence and/or a 3’ tailing sequence, e.g., a polyA tail. In other embodiments, the polynucleotides are expression cassettes comprising a promoter operatively linked to the coding sequences. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid sequence encoding the multicomponent polypeptide molecule and the nucleic acid sequence encoding naturally occurring co-receptor ligand polypeptide are present in the same polynucleotide.
[0218] In further embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions comprising an expression vector, e.g., a viral vector, comprising a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a multicomponent polypeptide molecule described herein and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient are also disclosed. In particular embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises an expression vector, e.g., a viral vector, comprising a polynucleotide comprising a nucleic acid sequence encoding a naturally occurring co-receptor ligand polypeptide. In certain embodiments, the nucleic acid sequence encoding the multicomponent polypeptide molecule and the nucleic acid sequence encoding the naturally occurring co-receptor ligand polypeptide are present in the same polynucleotide, e.g., expression cassette.
[0219] The present invention further contemplates a pharmaceutical composition comprising a cell comprising an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide comprising a promoter operatively linked to a nucleic acid encoding a multicomponent polypeptide molecule and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, carrier, or excipient. In particular embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition further comprises a cell comprising an expression vector comprising a polynucleotide comprising a promoter operatively linked to a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide corresponding to the natural ligand of the receptors. In particular embodiments, the cell is a heterologous cell or an autologous cell obtained from the subject to be treated. In particular embodiments, the cell is a stem cell, e.g., an adipose-derived stem cell or a hematopoietic stem cell.
[0220] The subject molecules, alone or in combination, can be combined with pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers, diluents, excipients and reagents useful in preparing a formulation that is generally safe, non-toxic, and desirable, and includes excipients that are acceptable for mammalian, e.g., human or primate, use. Such excipients can be solid, liquid, semisolid, or, in the case of an aerosol composition, gaseous. Examples of such carriers, diluents and excipients include, but are not limited to, water, saline, Ringer's solutions, dextrose solution, and 5% human serum albumin. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the formulations. Solutions or suspensions used for the formulations can include a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial compounds such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating compounds such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA); buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates; detergents such as Tween 20 to prevent aggregation; and compounds for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. In particular embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions are sterile.
[0221] Pharmaceutical compositions may further include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In some cases, the composition is sterile and should be fluid such that it can be drawn into a syringe or delivered to a subject from a syringe. In certain embodiments, it is stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and is preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria
and fungi. The carrier can be, e.g., a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as mannitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the internal compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
[0222] Sterile solutions can be prepared by incorporating the multicomponent polypeptide molecule (or encoding polynucleotide or cell comprising the same) in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
[0223] In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions are prepared with carriers that will protect the antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially. Liposomal suspensions can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art.
[0224] It may be advantageous to formulate the pharmaceutical compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active antibody or antigen-binding fragment
thereof calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof for the treatment of individuals.
[0225] The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, or dispenser, e.g. syringe, e.g. a prefilled syringe, together with instructions for administration.
[0226] The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention encompass any pharmaceutically acceptable salts, esters, or salts of such esters, or any other compound which, upon administration to an animal comprising a human, is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) the biologically active antibody or antigen-binding fragment thereof.
[0227] The present invention includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts of a WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule described herein. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to physiologically and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention: i.e., salts that retain the desired biological activity of the parent compound and do not impart undesired toxicological effects thereto. A variety of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are known in the art and described, e.g., in “Remington’s Pharmaceutical Sciences”, 17th edition, Alfonso R. Gennaro (Ed.), Mark Publishing Company, Easton, PA, USA, 1985 (and more recent editions thereof), in the “Encyclopaedia of Pharmaceutical Technology”, 3rd edition, James Swarbrick (Ed.), Informa Healthcare USA (Inc.), NY, USA, 2007, and in J. Pharm. Sci. 66: 2 (1977). Also, for a review on suitable salts, see “Handbook of Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use” by Stahl and Wermuth (Wiley-VCH, 2002).
[0228] Pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts are formed with metals or amines, such as alkali and alkaline earth metals or organic amines. Metals used as cations comprise sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, and the like. Amines comprise N-N’- dibenzylethylenediamine, chloroprocaine, choline, diethanolamine, dicyclohexylamine, ethylenediamine, N-m ethylglucamine, and procaine (see, for example, Berge et al., “Pharmaceutical Salts,” J. Pharma Sci., 1977, 66, 119). The base addition salts of said acidic compounds are prepared by contacting the free acid form with a sufficient amount of the desired base to produce the salt in the conventional manner. The free acid form may be
regenerated by contacting the salt form with an acid and isolating the free acid in the conventional manner. The free acid forms differ from their respective salt forms somewhat in certain physical properties such as solubility in polar solvents, but otherwise the salts are equivalent to their respective free acid for purposes of the present invention.
[0229] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in admixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent and/or excipient, for example saline, phosphate buffered saline, phosphate and amino acids, polymers, polyols, sugar, buffers, preservatives and other proteins. Exemplary amino acids, polymers and sugars and the like are octylphenoxy polyethoxy ethanol compounds, polyethylene glycol monostearate compounds, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, sucrose, fructose, dextrose, maltose, glucose, mannitol, dextran, sorbitol, inositol, galactitol, xylitol, lactose, trehalose, bovine or human serum albumin, citrate, acetate, Ringer's and Hank's solutions, cysteine, arginine, carnitine, alanine, glycine, lysine, valine, leucine, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene and glycol. Preferably, this formulation is stable for at least six months at 4° C.
[0230] In some embodiments, the pharmaceutical composition provided herein comprises a buffer, such as phosphate buffered saline (PBS) or sodium phosphate/sodium sulfate, tris buffer, glycine buffer, sterile water and other buffers known to the ordinarily skilled artisan such as those described by Good et al. (1966) Biochemistry 5:467. The pH of the buffer may be in the range of 6.5 to 7.75, preferably 7 to 7.5, and most preferably 7.2 to 7.4.
IX. Methods of Use
[0231] For illustrative purposes only, the cell targeting multicomponent WNT molecule can be used as to treat various diseases or disorders where tissue regeneration is necessary. Such diseases include, but are not limited to: increase bone growth or regeneration, bone grafting, healing of bone fractures, treatment of osteoporosis and osteoporotic fractures, vertebral compression fractures, spinal fusion, osseointegration of orthopedic devices, tendonbone integration, tooth growth and regeneration, dental implantation, periodontal diseases, maxillofacial reconstruction, and osteonecrosis of the jaw. Also contemplated are: treatment of alopecia; enhancing regeneration of sensory organs, e.g. treatment of hearing loss, including internal and external auditory hair cells, treatment of vestibular hypofunction, treatment of macular degeneration, treatment of vitreoretinopathy, diabetic retinopathy, other diseases of
retinal degeneration, Fuchs’ dystrophy, other cornea disease, etc.; treatment of stroke, traumatic brain injury, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis and other conditions affecting the blood brain barrier; treatment of spinal cord injuries, other spinal cord diseases. The compositions of this invention may also be used in treatment of oral mucositis, treatment of short bowel syndrome, inflammatory bowel diseases (IBD), other gastrointestinal disorders; treatment of metabolic syndrome, dyslipidemia, treatment of diabetes, treatment of pancreatitis, conditions where exocrine or endocrine pancreas tissues are damaged; conditions where enhanced epidermal regeneration is desired, e.g., epidermal wound healing, treatment of diabetic foot ulcers, syndromes involving tooth, nail, or dermal hypoplasia, etc., conditions where angiogenesis is beneficial; treatment of myocardial infarction, coronary artery disease, heart failure; enhanced growth of hematopoietic cells, e.g. enhancement of hematopoietic stem cell transplants from bone marrow, mobilized peripheral blood, treatment of immunodeficiencies, graft versus host diseases, etc.; treatment of acute kidney injuries, chronic kidney diseases; treatment of lung diseases, chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases (COPD), idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis (IPF) enhanced regeneration of lung tissues. The compositions of the present invention may also be used in enhanced regeneration of liver cells, e.g. liver regeneration, treatment of cirrhosis, enhancement of liver transplantations, treatment of acute liver failure, treatment of chronic liver diseases with hepatitis C or B virus infection or postantiviral drug therapies, alcoholic liver diseases, alcoholic hepatitis, non-alcoholic liver diseases with steatosis or steatohepatitis, and the like. The compositions of this invention may treat diseases and disorders including, without limitation, conditions in which regenerative cell growth is desired.
[0232] In particular embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition is administered parenterally, e.g., intravenously, orally, rectally, or by injection. In some embodiments, it is administered locally, e.g., topically or intramuscularly. In some embodiments, a composition is administered to target tissues, e.g., to bone, joints, ear tissue, eye tissue, gastrointestinal tract, skin, a wound site or spinal cord. Methods of the invention may be practiced in vivo or ex vivo. In some embodiments, the contacting of a target cell or tissue with a multicomponent polypeptide molecule is performed ex vivo, with subsequent implantation of the cells or tissues, e.g., activated stem or progenitor cells, into the subject. The skilled artisan can determine an appropriate site of and route of administration based on the disease or disorder being treated.
[0233] The dose and dosage regimen may depend upon a variety of factors readily determined by a physician, such as the nature of the disease or disorder, the characteristics of
the subject, and the subject's history. In particular embodiments, the amount of a multicomponent polypeptide molecule administered or provided to the subject is in the range of about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, 0.1 mg/kg to about 500 mg/kg, or about 0.1 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg of the subject’s body weight.
[0234] All of the above U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications and non-patent publications referred to in this specification and/or listed in the Application Data Sheet, are incorporated herein by reference, in their entirety.
[0235] From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention. Accordingly, the invention is not limited except as by the appended claims.
EXAMPLES
[0236] The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how to make and use the present invention, and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention nor are they intended to represent that the experiments below are all or the only experiments performed. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers used (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.) but some experimental errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, molecular weight is weight average molecular weight, temperature is in degrees Centigrade, and pressure is at or near atmospheric.
[0237] General methods in molecular biology, cell biology and biochemistry can be found in such standard textbooks as “Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 3rd Ed.” (Sambrook et al., Harbor Laboratory Press 2001); “Short Protocols in Molecular Biology, 4th Ed.” (Ausubel et al. eds., John Wiley & Sons 1999); “Protein Methods” (Bollag et al., John Wiley & Sons 1996); “Nonviral Vectors for Gene Therapy” (Wagner et al. eds., Academic Press 1999); “Viral Vectors” (Kaplift & Loewy eds., Academic Press 1995); “Immunology Methods Manual” (I. Lefkovits ed., Academic Press 1997); and “Cell and Tissue Culture: Laboratory Procedures in Biotechnology” (Doyle & Griffiths, John Wiley & Sons 1998), the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference. Reagents, cloning vectors, and kits for genetic manipulation referred to in this disclosure are available from commercial vendors such as BioRad, Stratagene, Invitrogen, Sigma-Aldrich, and ClonTech.
[0238] Recombinant molecules were generated that combine agonists for the WNT receptors, FZD and/or LRP co-receptors, together with bridging receptor, to create WNT signaling “cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide”
[0239] Materials and methods employed in the following Examples include the following.
[0240] Protein production: All recombinant proteins were produced in Expi293F cells (Thermo Fisher Scientific) by transient transfection unless otherwise specified. All IgG-based and Fc-containing constructs were first purified with Protein-A resin and eluted with 0.1 M glycine pH 3.5. All proteins were then polished by a size exclusion column in HBS buffer (10 mM HEPES pH 7.2, 150 mM NaCl). Proteins were supplemented with glycerol to 10% for long term storage at -80°C.
[0241] SuperTop Flash (STF) assay: WNT signaling activity is measured using cell lines containing a luciferase gene controlled by a WNT-responsive promoter (Super Top Flash reporter assay, STF) as reported (Janda et al., 2017; Nature 545:234). In brief, cells are seeded at a density of 10,000 per well in 96-well plates 24 hr prior to treatment, then treated with RSPO or mimetic proteins overnight either alone or together with 30% WNT3a-conditioned media. WNT3a conditioned media are prepared from ATCC-CRL-2647 WNT3a secreting L cells following vendor recommended conditions. Cells were lysed with Luciferase Cell Culture Lysis Reagent (Promega) and activity are measured with Luciferase Assay System (Promega) using vendor suggested procedures. Data are plotted as average -/+ standard deviation of triplicates and fitted by non-linear regression using Prism (GraphPad Software).
Affinity Measurement and Step-Binding Assay
[0242] Binding kinetics of F-FGF21 series (F-FGF21FL, F-FGF21AN, F-FGF21AC, and F-FGF21ANAC) to human FZD7 CRD and PKlotho (Fisher Scientific) or L-39F7 series (L- 39F7, aGFP-39F7, and L-aGFP) to human LRP6E3E4 and PKlotho, respectively, were determined by bio-layer interferometry (BLI) using an Octet Red 96 (PALL ForteBio) instrument at 30°C, 1000 rpm with AHC biosensors (Sartorius). Various F-FGF21 or L-39F7 proteins were diluted to 50 nM in the running buffer and captured to the AHC biosensor, followed by dipping into wells containing the FZD7 CRD, LRP6E3E4 and PKlotho at different concentrations in a running buffer or into a well with only the running buffer as reference channel. The dissociation of the interaction was followed with the running buffer. The monovalent KD for each binder was calculated by Octet System software, based on fitting to a 1 : 1 binding model.
[0243] Step-binding assay was performed with the BLI using the Octet Red 96 instrument at 30°C, 1000 rpm with AHC biosensors. Various F-FGF21 or L-39F7 proteins were diluted to 50 nM in the running buffer and captured to the AHC biosensor, followed by dipping into wells containing the 100 nM FZD7 CRD or 100 nM LRP6E3E4, respectively. The sensor chips next moved into 150 nM pKlothos containing 100 nMFZD7 CRD or containing 100 nMLRP6E3E4 to check the additional bindings of P-Klotho. Sensorgram slopes were compared for pKlotho bindings.
Primary human cells
[0244] Human hepatocytes were purchased from BioIVT (10-donor pooled cry opiateable X008001-P) and cultured in LONZA hepatocyte maintenance medium (CC-3198). In short, plastic culture plates were coated with 20% Matrigel Matrix (CB40230C) and cells were plated in plating medium (BioIVT Z990003). After four hours the medium was changed to maintenance medium and refreshed every day for three days prior to the 24h experiment.
[0245] Human small intestinal organoids were a gift from the Calvin Kuo Lab at Stanford. Organoids were maintained and expanded as previously described32. In short, adapted expansion medium contained Advanced DMEM, 10 mM HEPES, lx GlutaMAX, IX Penicillin-Streptomycin, lx B27, lx N2, 1.25 mM N-acetylcysteine, 10 mM Nicotinamide, 50 ng/mL recombinant human EGF, 50 ng/mL recombinant human Noggin, 20 nM R-Spondin 2, 0.1 nM L-F Wnt mimetic, 10 nM recombinant Gastrin, 500 nM A83-01 and 10 pM SB202190.
[0246] Treatment of molecules was done in the presence of 20 nM R-spondin 2 for 24h at a concentration of 10 nM. After 24 hours the cells were harvested and RNA collected for qPCR. Each experiment with both primary human hepatocytes and human small intestinal organoids was repeated three times.
Quantitative polymerase chain reaction analysis of gene expression
[0247] RNAs from HEK293, Huh7 cells, or primary human cells were extracted using the Qiagen RNeasy Micro Kit (Qiagen). cDNA was produced using the SuperScript IV VILO cDNA Synthesis Kit (Thermo Fisher). PKlotho (KLB) RNA was quantified using Maxima SYBR Green qPCR master mix on a Bio-Rad CFX96 real time PCR machine. Cycle threshold (Ct) values were normalized to the expression of constitutive ACTINB RNA using the following oligo’ s:
[0248] ACTB Fl : CTGGAACGGTGAAGGTGACA (SEQ ID NO: 31);
[0249] ACTB-Rl : AAGGGACTTCCTGTAACAATGCA (SEQ ID NO: 32);
[0250] KLB Fl: ATCTAGTGGCTTGGCATGGG (SEQ ID NO: 33); KLB RECCAAACTTTCGAGTGAGCCTTG (SEQ ID NO: 34);
KLB_F2:CACTGAATCTGTTCTTAAGCCCG (SEQ ID NO: 35);
[0251] KLB R2: GGCGTTCCACACGTACAGA (SEQ ID NO: 36);
[0252] KLB F3 : GGAGGTGCTGAAAGCATACCT (SEQ ID NO: 37); and
[0253] KLB R3 : TCTCTTCAGCCAGTTTGAATGC (SEQ ID NO: 38).
Example 1 Multicomponent WNT Molecule for Concept of the 2:0/0:2 Split Design
[0254] To evaluate the structures shown in Fig. 1C, the PKlotho and endocrine fibroblast growth factor 21 (FGF21) ligand system were tested as the bridging receptors. FGF21 is an endocrine hormone produced by the liver that regulates metabolic homeostasis (BonDurant and Potthoff, 2018). FGF21 signals through FGFRlc, FGFR2c, and FGFR3c in the presence of coreceptor PKlotho (Zhang and Li, 2015). The binding of FGF21 to the receptor complex is primarily driven by its affinity toward PKlotho via its C-terminal domain (Lee et al., 2018, Shi et al., 2018), while its N-terminal domain is important for FGFR interaction and signaling (Yie et al., 2012, Micanovic et al., 2009). PKlotho binding antibodies have also been identified that could induce pKlotho/FGFR signaling, and one particular agonistic PKlotho antibody binds to a different epitope on PKlotho from FGF21 and does not compete with FGF21 binding (Min et al., 2018). Therefore, the following bridging receptor (PKlotho) binding elements were selected to test the cell targeting concept:
[0255] FGF21FL (full length FGF21) that can bind to PKlotho and is competent to induce FGFR signaling;
[0256] FGF21AC (FGF21 without the C-terminal PKlotho interaction domain) that does not bind PKlotho and is not capable of inducing FGFR signaling;
[0257] FGF21AN (FGF21 without the N-terminal FGFR interaction domain) that binds PKlotho but does not signal;
[0258] FGF21ANAC that cannot bind PKlotho and cannot signal; and
[0259] 39F7 IgG that binds PKlotho and can induce FGFR signaling.
[0260] The FZD and LRP binding domains selected were F12578 (binds FZD1,2,5,7,8) and L (binds LRP6), previously named Fl and L2, respectively (Chen et al., 2020).
[0261] The graphic representations of the binders and the various combinations are shown in Fig. 2A-2C.
[0262] To test the structures described in Fig. 1C, the FZD binder (F12578) was combined with one of two versions of the bridging receptor (PKlotho) binder, F12578-FGF21FL or F12578-FGF21AN (Fig. 2B), and the LRP binder (L) was combined with the other bridging receptor (PKlotho) binder, 39F7, as L-39F7 (Fig. 2B). As shown in Fig. 2D and 2E, the combination of F12578-FGF21FL or FGF12578-FGF21AN with L-39F7 resulted in WNT/p- catenin signaling in a liver cell line, Huh7 cells, which express the bridging receptor PKlotho, but not in 293 cells, where PKlotho is not expressed. This signaling depended on the presence of both the FZD and LRP binding arms and the ability to bind the bridging receptor, as the removal of LRP binding arm L from L-39F7 or inactivation of PKlotho binding (use of FGF21ANAC) resulted in no activity in either cell type (Fig. 2D and 2E). This provided experimental evidence supporting the concept presented in Fig. 1C.
[0263] Table 1 describes the different components/formats tested.
Table 1 : Formats and sequences of multicomponent WNT polypeptide with 2:0 / 0:2 split design:
VH = Italic;
Human CH1CH2CH3 with LALAPG mutations (LALAPG mutations are only marked in the first HC IgGI LALAPG) = Italic bold;
VL = Italic underlined:
Constant of lambda LC = Italic underlined dark gray; and
Constant of Kappa LC = Italic underlined bold;
Linker = light grey; hFGF21AN = bold; hFGF21FL= bold underline; hFGF21ANAC = light gray bold italic; hFGF21AC = light gray italic; and
LALAPG mutations = bold dark gray underlined.
Example 2 Multicomponent WNT Molecule for Concept of the 1:1 Split Design
[0264] To test the concept depicted in Fig. 1G, the FZD binder (F12578), LRP binder (L), and the two non-competing bridging receptor (PKlotho) binders (FGF21FL and 39F7) were combined in the molecule, F12578-FGF21FL-39F7-L, depicted in Fig. 3A. As shown in Fig. 3B, F12578-FGF21FL-39F7-L activated WNT/p-catenin signaling in Huh7 cells that express the bridging receptor PKlotho but not in 293 cells where PKlotho is not expressed (Fig. 3B). No activity was observed in 293 cells. This provided validation for the concept presented in Fig. 1G. Table 2 describes the different components/formats tested.
[0265] Table 2: Formats and sequences of multicomponent WNT polypeptide with 1 :0 / 01 : split design:
VH= Italic;
Human CH1CH2CH3 with LALAPG mutations (LALAPG mutations are only marked in the first HC_IgGl_LALAPG)=Italic bold;
VL = Italic underlined;
Constant of lambda LC = dark gray;
Constant of Kappa LC = Italic underlined bold;
G4S linker = light grey; hFGF21AN =bold; hFGF21FL=bold underline; hFGF21ANAC = light gray bold italic; hFGF21AC = light gray italic;
[0266] The various embodiments described above can be combined to provide further embodiments. All of the U.S. patents, U.S. patent application publications, U.S. patent applications, foreign patents, foreign patent applications, and non-patent publications referred to in this specification and/or listed in the Application Data Sheet are incorporated herein by reference, in their entirety. Aspects of the embodiments can be modified, if necessary to employ concepts of the various patents, applications, and publications to provide yet further embodiments. These and other changes can be made to the embodiments considering the above-detailed description. In general, in the following claims, the terms used should not be construed to limit the claims to the specific embodiments disclosed in the specification and the claims but should be construed to include all possible embodiments along with the full scope of equivalents to which such claims are entitled. Accordingly, the claims are not limited by the disclosure.
References
1. Dickopf, S., Georges, G.J. & Brinkmann, U. Format and geometries matter: Structurebased design defines the functionality of bispecific antibodies. Comput Struct Biotechnol J 18, 1221-1227 (2020).
2. Cironi, P., Swinburne, I. A. & Silver, P.A. Enhancement of cell type specificity by quantitative modulation of a chimeric ligand. J Biol Chem 283, 8469-8476 (2008).
3. Taylor, N.D., Way, J.C., Silver, P.A. & Cironi, P. Anti-glycophorin single-chain Fv fusion to low-affinity mutant erythropoietin improves red blood cell-lineage specificity. Protein Eng Des Sei 23, 251-260 (2010).
4. Burrill, D.R., Vernet, A., Collins, J. J., Silver, P.A. & Way, J.C. Targeted erythropoietin selectively stimulates red blood cell expansion in vivo. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 113, 5245-5250 (2016).
5. Garcin, G. et al. High efficiency cell-specific targeting of cytokine activity. Nat Commun 5, 3016 (2014).
6. Ghasemi, R. et al. Selective targeting of IL-2 to NKG2D bearing cells for improved immunotherapy. Nat Commun 7, 12878 (2016).
7. Lazear, E. et al. Targeting of IL-2 to cytotoxic lymphocytes as an improved method of cytokine-driven immunotherapy. Oncoimmunology 6, el265721 (2017).
8. Puskas, J. et al. Development of an attenuated interleukin-2 fusion protein that can be activated by tumour-expressed proteases. Immunology 133, 206-220 (2011).
9. Skrombolas, D., Sullivan, M. & Frelinger, J.G. Development of an Interleukin- 12 Fusion Protein That Is Activated by Cleavage with Matrix Metalloproteinase 9. J Interferon Cytokine Res 39, 233-245 (2019).
10. Banaszek, A. et al. On-target restoration of a split T cell-engaging antibody for precision immunotherapy. Nat Commun 10, 5387 (2019).
11. Mock, J. et al. An engineered 4-1BBL fusion protein with "activity on demand". Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 117, 31780-31788 (2020).
12. Quijano-Rubio, A. et al. A split, conditionally active mimetic of IL-2 reduces the toxicity of systemic cytokine therapy. Nat Biotechnol (2022).
13. Nusse, R. & Clevers, H. Wnt/beta-Catenin Signaling, Disease, and Emerging Therapeutic Modalities. Cell 169, 985-999 (2017).
. Janda, C.Y., Waghray, D., Levin, A.M., Thomas, C. & Garcia, K.C. Structural basis of Wnt recognition by Frizzled. Science 337, 59-64 (2012). . Kadowaki, T., Wilder, E., Klingensmith, J., Zachary, K. & Perrimon, N. The segment polarity gene porcupine encodes a putative multitransmembrane protein involved in Wingless processing. Genes Dev 10, 3116-3128 (1996). . Dijksterhuis, J.P. et al. Systematic mapping of WNT-FZD protein interactions reveals functional selectivity by distinct WNT-FZD pairs. J Biol Chem 290, 6789-6798 (2015).. Janda, C.Y. et al. Surrogate Wnt agonists that phenocopy canonical Wnt and beta-catenin signalling. Nature 545, 234-237 (2017). . Chen, H. et al. Development of Potent, Selective Surrogate WNT Molecules and Their Application in Defining Frizzled Requirements. Cell Chem Biol 27, 598-609 e594 (2020).. Tao, Y. et al. Tailored tetravalent antibodies potently and specifically activate Wnt/Frizzled pathways in cells, organoids and mice. Elife 8 (2019). . Miao, Y. et al. Next-Generation Surrogate Wnts Support Organoid Growth and Deconvolute Frizzled Pleiotropy In Vivo. Cell Stem Cell 27, 840-851 e846 (2020). . Xie, L. et al. Robust colonic epithelial regeneration and amelioration of colitis via FZD- specific activation of Wnt signaling. Cell Mol Gastroenterol Hepatol (2022). . BonDurant, L.D. & Potthoff, M.J. Fibroblast Growth Factor 21 : A Versatile Regulator of Metabolic Homeostasis. Annu Rev Nutr 38, 173-196 (2018). . Zhang, J. & Li, Y. Fibroblast Growth Factor 21 Analogs for Treating Metabolic Disorders. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne) 6, 168 (2015). . Lee, S. et al. Structures of beta-klotho reveal a 'zip code'-like mechanism for endocrine FGF signalling. Nature 553, 501-505 (2018). . Shi, S.Y. et al. A systematic dissection of sequence elements determining beta-Klotho and FGF interaction and signaling. Sci Rep 8, 11045 (2018). . Yie, J. et al. Understanding the physical interactions in the FGF21/FGFR/beta-Klotho complex: structural requirements and implications in FGF21 signaling. Chem Biol Drug Des 79, 398-410 (2012). . Micanovic, R. et al. Different roles of N- and C- termini in the functional activity of FGF21. J Cell Physiol 219, 227-234 (2009). . Min, X. et al. Agonistic beta-Klotho antibody mimics fibroblast growth factor 21 (FGF21) functions. J Biol Chem 293, 14678-14688 (2018).
. Zhang, Z. et al. Tissue-targeted R-spondin mimetics for liver regeneration. Sci Rep 10, 13951 (2020). . Lo, M. et al. Effector-attenuating Substitutions That Maintain Antibody Stability and Reduce Toxicity in Mice. J Biol Chem 292, 3900-3908 (2017). . Stanislaus, S. et al. A Novel Fc-FGF21 With Improved Resistance to Proteolysis, Increased Affinity Toward beta-Klotho, and Enhanced Efficacy in Mice and Cynomolgus Monkeys. Endocrinology 158, 1314-1327 (2017). . Sato, T. et al. Long-term expansion of epithelial organoids from human colon, adenoma, adenocarcinoma, and Barrett's epithelium. Gastroenterology 141, 1762-1772 (2011).
Claims
1. A cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide molecule comprising: a) at least one first antigen binding domain that binds to a first signaling receptor component, b) at least one second antigen binding domain that binds to a second signaling receptor component, and c) at least one different antigen binding domain that binds to a bridging molecule, wherein the first signaling receptor and second signaling receptor can be different or identical.
2. The cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide molecule of claim 1, wherein the binding domain that binds to the bridging molecule comprises at least two binding domains that: a) bind to different epitopes on the bridging molecule; or b) bind to the same epitope on the bridging molecule.
3. The cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide molecule of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein a) the first antigen binding domain that binds to a first signaling receptor component is tethered to at least one binding domain that binds to the bridging molecule; and b) the second antigen binding domain that binds to a second signaling receptor component is tethered to at least one binding domain that binds to the bridging molecule.
4. The multicomponent polypeptide molecule of claim 3, wherein the antigen binding domain is joined directly or by a linker to the binding domain that binds to the bridging molecule.
5. The multicomponent polypeptide molecule of claim 3, wherein the bridging molecule is monomeric or multimeric.
6. The multicomponent polypeptide molecule of claim 3, wherein the binding domains are each independently selected from the group consisting of: an scFv, a VHH/sdAb, a Fab, and a Fab'2.
7. The multicomponent polypeptide molecule of claim 3, wherein the binding domains are joined through a linker by a peptide linker comprising from 1-100 amino acids.
8. The multicomponent polypeptide molecule of claim 3, wherein the binding domains are attached to the N-terminus of an antibody Fc domain.
9. A nucleic acid encoding the multicomponent polypeptide molecule of any one of claims 1-8 or a polypeptide component thereof.
10. A vector comprising the nucleic acid of claim 9, wherein the vector is an expression vector comprising a promoter sequence operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence; optionally wherein the vector is a virus comprising a promoter operatively linked to the nucleic acid.
11. A host cell comprising the vector of claim 10.
12. A process for producing the multicomponent polypeptide molecule of any one of claims 1-8 or a polypeptide component thereof, comprising culturing the host cell of claim 11 under conditions wherein the multicomponent polypeptide molecule or polypeptide component thereof is expressed by the expression vector.
13. A multicomponent WNT molecule comprising: a) at least one FZD binding domain; b) at least one LRP binding domain; and c) at least one bridging molecule, wherein the multicomponent WNT multicomponent polypeptide molecule modulates WNT signaling.
14. The multicomponent WNT molecule of claim 13, comprising: a) one or two FZD binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule; and b) one or two LRP binding domains tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a second epitope on the bridging molecule, wherein the multicomponent WNT molecule is capable of activating WNT signaling.
15. The multicomponent WNT molecule of claim 13 or claim 14, wherein: a) the binding domain specific for the first epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD binding domain(s) are joined directly or joined by a linker; b) the binding domain specific for the second epitope of the bridging molecule and the LRP binding domain(s) are joined directly, or joined by a linker; and c) the binding domain specific for the first epitope and the binding domain specific for the second epitope of the bridging molecule are identical or different.
16. The multicomponent WNT molecule of claim 15, wherein the linker is a peptide or non-peptide linker.
17. The multicomponent WNT molecule of claim 13, wherein the FZD binding domain(s) and the LRP binding domain(s) are each independently selected from the group consisting of: a scFv, a VHH/sdAb, a Fab, and a Fab'2.
18. The multicomponent WNT molecule of claim 13, wherein the FZD binding domain(s) and the LRP binding domains(s) are joined by a peptide linker comprising from 1-100 amino acids.
19. The multicomponent WNT molecule of claim 13, wherein the FZD binding domain(s) and the LRP binding domain(s) are attached to the N-terminus of an antibody Fc domain.
20. A nucleic acid encoding the multicomponent WNT molecule of any one of claims 13- 19 or a polypeptide component thereof.
21. A vector comprising the nucleic acid of claim 20, wherein the vector is an expression vector comprising a promoter sequence operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence; optionally wherein the vector is a virus comprising a promoter operatively linked to the nucleic acid.
22. A host cell comprising the vector of claim 21.
23. A process for producing the multicomponent WNT molecule or polypeptide component thereof of claim 13, comprising culturing the host cell of claim 22 under conditions
wherein the multicomponent WNT protein or polypeptide component thereof is expressed by the expression vector.
24. A pharmaceutical composition to modulate the WNT/p-catenin signaling pathway comprising: a) an effective amount of the multicomponent WNT molecule of any one of claims 13-19; and b) a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvant, or carrier.
25. A method of treating or preventing a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising providing to the subject an effective amount of the multicomponent WNT molecule of any one of claims 13-19 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 24.
26. A multicomponent WNT molecule comprising: a) at least one FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a first epitope on the bridging molecule; and b) at least one FZD binding domain linked to one LRP binding domain which is tethered to the bridging molecule by a binding domain specific for a second epitope on the bridging molecule; wherein the tethering of the FZD and LRP binding domains to the bridging receptor forms a WNT mimetic capable of activating WNT signaling.
27. The multicomponent WNT molecule of claim 26, wherein: a) the binding domain specific for a first epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD/LRP binding domains are joined directly or by a linker; b) the binding domain specific for a second epitope of the bridging molecule and the FZD/LRP binding domains are joined directly, or by a linker; c) the binding domain of the first epitope and second epitope of the bridging molecule are identical or different; and/or d) the binding domain of the first epitope and the second epitope of the bridging molecule could be linked together to FZD/LRP.
28. The multicomponent WNT molecule of claim 26 or claim 27, wherein the bridging molecule is monomeric or multimeric.
29. The multicomponent WNT molecule of any one of claims 26-28, wherein at least one of the FZD or LRP binding domains is selected from the group consisting of: a scFv, a VHH/sdAb, a Fab, and a Fab'2.
30. The multicomponent WNT molecule of any one of claims 26-29, wherein the binding domains are joined through a linker by a peptide link comprising from 1-100 amino acids.
31. The multicomponent WNT molecule of any one of claims 26-30, wherein the binding domains are attached to the N-terminus of an antibody Fc domain.
32. A nucleic acid encoding the multicomponent WNT molecule of any one of claims 26- 31 or a polypeptide component thereof.
33. A vector comprising the nucleic acid of claim 32, wherein the vector is an expression vector comprising a promoter sequence operatively linked to the nucleic acid sequence; optionally wherein the vector is a virus comprising a promoter operatively linked to the nucleic acid.
34. A host cell comprising the vector of claim 33.
35. A process for producing the multicomponent WNT molecule or component thereof of any one of claims 26-31, comprising culturing the host cell of claim 36 under conditions wherein multicomponent WNT or polypeptide component thereof is expressed by the expression vector.
36. A pharmaceutical composition to modulate the WNT/p-catenin signaling pathway comprising: a) an effective amount of the multicomponent WNT of any one of claims 26-31; and b) a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent, adjuvant, or carrier.
37. A method of treating or preventing a disease or disorder in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising providing to the subject an effective amount of the multicomponent WNT molecule of any one of claims 26-31 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 36.
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US202263398502P | 2022-08-16 | 2022-08-16 | |
US63/398,502 | 2022-08-16 | ||
US202363472938P | 2023-06-14 | 2023-06-14 | |
US63/472,938 | 2023-06-14 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2024040118A2 true WO2024040118A2 (en) | 2024-02-22 |
WO2024040118A3 WO2024040118A3 (en) | 2024-03-28 |
Family
ID=89942294
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2023/072317 WO2024040118A2 (en) | 2022-08-16 | 2023-08-16 | Cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
WO (1) | WO2024040118A2 (en) |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2021519574A (en) * | 2018-02-14 | 2021-08-12 | アントレラ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッドAntlera Therapeutics Inc. | Multivalent binding molecules that activate WNT signaling and their use |
EP4163295A1 (en) * | 2018-03-23 | 2023-04-12 | Université Libre de Bruxelles | Wnt signaling agonist molecules |
-
2023
- 2023-08-16 WO PCT/US2023/072317 patent/WO2024040118A2/en unknown
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2024040118A3 (en) | 2024-03-28 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20230138045A1 (en) | Wnt super agonists | |
JP7418332B2 (en) | Anti-Frizzled antibody and usage method | |
JP7317016B2 (en) | Anti-LRP5/6 Antibodies and Methods of Use | |
US20210292422A1 (en) | Multi-specific wnt surrogate molecules and uses thereof | |
TWI571473B (en) | Anti-kdr antibodies and methods of use | |
US20220064337A1 (en) | Antigen binding formats for receptor complexes | |
JP2019534292A (en) | Combined anti-CD40 antibodies and methods of use | |
CN105189551B (en) | anti-RANKL antibodies and methods of use thereof | |
US20220275095A1 (en) | Monospecific anti-frizzled antibodies and methods of use | |
EP2683740B1 (en) | Generation of anti-fn14 monoclonal antibodies by ex-vivo accelerated antibody evolution | |
WO2024040118A2 (en) | Cell targeting multicomponent polypeptide | |
US12006368B2 (en) | Anti-frizzled antibodies and methods of use |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23855643 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A2 |